You are on page 1of 294

S7700 Smart Routing Switch

Hardware Description
Issue

01

Date

2012-12-08

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://enterprise.huawei.com

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

About This Document

About This Document


Intended Audience
This document provides an overall description of the S7700, details about each chassis and board,
cables available to the device, and lists of components.
This document describes hardware features of the S7700, which helps intended readers obtain
detailed information about each chassis, board, and cable, and rapidly locate specific information
through lists of components.
This document is intended for:
l

Network planning engineers

Hardware installation engineers

Commissioning engineers

On-site maintenance engineers

System maintenance engineers

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol

Description

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not


avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.

TIP

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save


time.

NOTE

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement


important points of the main text.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

About This Document

Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.

Changes in Issue 01 (2012-12-08)


Initial commercial release.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Contents

Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Cabinet.............................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Introduction to the N66E Cabinet.......................................................................................................................2
1.1.1 Appearance of the N66E Cabinet..............................................................................................................2
1.1.2 Technical Specifications of the N66E Cabinet..........................................................................................2
1.1.3 Components of the N66E Cabinet.............................................................................................................3
1.1.4 Operating Environment of the N66E Cabinet...........................................................................................4
1.1.5 Structural Features of the N66E Cabinet...................................................................................................5
1.2 Introduction to the N68E Cabinet.......................................................................................................................8
1.2.1 Appearance of the N68E cabinet ..............................................................................................................8
1.2.2 Technical Specifications of the N68E cabinet...........................................................................................9
1.2.3 Components of the N68E cabinet............................................................................................................10
1.2.4 Operating Environment of the N68E cabinet..........................................................................................10
1.2.5 Structural Features of the N68E cabinet..................................................................................................11

2 Chassis...........................................................................................................................................15
2.1 Chassis Models.................................................................................................................................................16
2.2 S7703................................................................................................................................................................16
2.2.1 Version Mapping.....................................................................................................................................16
2.2.2 Appearance and Structure........................................................................................................................16
2.2.3 Slots.........................................................................................................................................................18
2.2.4 Power Supply Principles..........................................................................................................................22
2.2.5 Heat Dissipation......................................................................................................................................23
2.2.6 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................24
2.3 S7706................................................................................................................................................................28
2.3.1 Version Mapping.....................................................................................................................................28
2.3.2 Appearance and Structure........................................................................................................................28
2.3.3 Slots.........................................................................................................................................................31
2.3.4 Power Supply Principles..........................................................................................................................36
2.3.5 Heat Dissipation......................................................................................................................................38
2.3.6 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................40
2.4 S7712................................................................................................................................................................44
2.4.1 Version Mapping.....................................................................................................................................44
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Contents

2.4.2 Appearance and Structure........................................................................................................................44


2.4.3 Slots.........................................................................................................................................................47
2.4.4 Power Supply Principles..........................................................................................................................53
2.4.5 Heat Dissipation......................................................................................................................................54
2.4.6 Specifications...........................................................................................................................................57

3 Power Module..............................................................................................................................61
3.1 1600 W DC Power Module..............................................................................................................................62
3.2 800 W AC Power Module................................................................................................................................65
3.3 2200 W AC Power Module..............................................................................................................................69

4 Fan Module...................................................................................................................................74
4.1 Fan Module.......................................................................................................................................................75

5 Cards..............................................................................................................................................79
5.1 Introduction......................................................................................................................................................80
5.1.1 Card Classification..................................................................................................................................80
5.1.2 Card Structure and Dimensions...............................................................................................................88
5.1.3 Port Numbering.......................................................................................................................................90
5.2 Main Processing Units and Subcards...............................................................................................................91
5.2.1 SRU-Switching and Routing Unit...........................................................................................................91
5.2.2 ES0D00MCUA00-Main Control Unit.....................................................................................................99
5.2.3 ES0D00FSUA00-Enhanced Flexible Service Unit...............................................................................105
5.2.4 LE0D0VSTSA00-Cluster Switching System Service Unit...................................................................108
5.3 LE0DCMUA0000-Centralized Monitoring Unit...........................................................................................113
5.3.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................114
5.3.2 Version Mapping...................................................................................................................................114
5.3.3 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................114
5.3.4 Indicators and Ports...............................................................................................................................116
5.3.5 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................118
5.3.6 Order Information..................................................................................................................................119
5.4 LE0D0VAMPA00-Value-added Service Unit...............................................................................................119
5.4.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................119
5.4.2 Version Mapping...................................................................................................................................120
5.4.3 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................120
5.4.4 Indicators and Ports...............................................................................................................................120
5.4.5 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................122
5.4.6 Order Information..................................................................................................................................123
5.5 ES1D2PS00P00 -Open Service Platform Unit...............................................................................................123
5.5.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................124
5.5.2 Version Mapping...................................................................................................................................124
5.5.3 Functions and Features..........................................................................................................................124
5.5.4 Indicators and Ports...............................................................................................................................126
5.5.5 Specifications.........................................................................................................................................129
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Contents

5.5.6 Order Information..................................................................................................................................130


5.6 100M Interface Card.......................................................................................................................................130
5.6.1 ES0D0F48T-48-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Card (RJ45)................................................................130
5.7 1000M Interface Card.....................................................................................................................................137
5.7.1 ES0D0G24S 24-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (SFP).............................................................137
5.7.2 ES0D0G24CA00-24-Port 100/1000BASE-X and 8-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Combo Interface Card
(SA, SFP/RJ45) .............................................................................................................................................144
5.7.3 ES0DG48CEAT0-36-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 12-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (EA,
RJ45/SFP).......................................................................................................................................................150
5.7.4 ES0D0G48VA00-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE Interface Card (EA, RJ45, POE)......................155
5.7.5 ES0DG24TFA00-24-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card (FA, RJ45)........................................161
5.7.6 ES0D0G48T-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card (RJ45)......................................................165
5.7.7 ES1D2G48TBC0-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card (BC, RJ45).......................................173
5.7.8 ES0D0G48S-48-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (SFP)............................................................179
5.7.9 ES1D2G48SBC0-48-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (BC, SFP)..............................................187
5.8 GE/10GE Interface Card................................................................................................................................194
5.8.1 ES0D0T24XA00-24-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 2-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (EA, RJ45/XFP)
........................................................................................................................................................................194
5.8.2 ES0D0S24X-24-Port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (SFP/XFP)............199
5.9 10GE Interface Card.......................................................................................................................................206
5.9.1 ES0D0X2UX-2-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (XFP)....................................................................206
5.9.2 ES0D0X4UX-4-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (XFP)....................................................................211
5.9.3 ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5-8-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (ED, SFP+).........................218
5.9.4 ES0D0X12SA00-12-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (SA, SFP+)....................................................223
5.9.5 ES1D2X16SFC0 16-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, SFP+).....................................................228
5.9.6 ES1D2X40SFC0 40-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, SFP+).....................................................234
5.10 40GE Interface Card.....................................................................................................................................240
5.10.1 ES1D2L02QFC0-2-Port 40GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, QSFP+).................................................240

6 Cables...........................................................................................................................................247
6.1 DC Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................248
6.2 AC Power Cable.............................................................................................................................................248
6.3 Ground Cable of the Chassis and Cabinet......................................................................................................249
6.4 Console Cable.................................................................................................................................................250
6.5 Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................252
6.6 High-Speed Cable...........................................................................................................................................253
6.7 Optical Fiber...................................................................................................................................................257

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces..........................................................................................264


7.1 Concepts.........................................................................................................................................................265
7.2 SFP/eSFP Modules.........................................................................................................................................268
7.3 SFP+ Modules................................................................................................................................................276
7.4 XFP Modules..................................................................................................................................................279
7.5 QSFP+ Modules.............................................................................................................................................283
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Contents

7.6 Huawei Certification.......................................................................................................................................285

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Cabinet

About This Chapter


1.1 Introduction to the N66E Cabinet
This topic describes the appearance, technical specifications, components, operating
environment, and structural features of the N66E cabinet.
1.2 Introduction to the N68E Cabinet
This section describes the appearance, technical specifications, components, and structural
features of the N68E cabinet.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

1.1 Introduction to the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the appearance, technical specifications, components, operating
environment, and structural features of the N66E cabinet.

1.1.1 Appearance of the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the appearance of the N66E cabinet. Being compliant with the IEC 60297-2
standard, the N66E cabinet is designed with a modular structure, which facilitates expansion
and maintenance. The surface of the cabinet and the rack is purplish grey.
Figure 1-1 shows the N66E cabinet.
Figure 1-1 N66E cabinet

1.1.2 Technical Specifications of the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the technical specifications of the N66E cabinet, including the maximum
installation height inside the cabinet, dimensions, and weight of an empty cabinet.
Table 1-1 lists the technical specifications of the N66E cabinet.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Table 1-1 Technical specifications of the N66 cabinet


Cabinet
Type

Maximum
Installation Height
Inside the Cabinet

Dimensions (W x D x H)

Weight of
an Empty
Cabinet

N66E

46 U

600 mm x 600 mm x 2200 mm

73 kg 1 kg

24" x 24" x 87"

NOTE

l 1 U = 1.75 in. or 44.45 mm. and U is the height unit defined in the IEC 60297 standard.
l The weight of an empty cabinet consists of the weight of the front door, rear door, and side panels.

1.1.3 Components of the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the components of the N66E cabinet. N66E cabinets are classified into frontserviceable cabinets and rear-serviceable cabinets. The devices described in this document are
installed in rear-serviceable cabinets. A rear-serviceable cabinet consists of a front door, a rear
door, two side panels, and a rack.
Figure 1-2 show the components of the rear-serviceable cabinet.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Figure 1-2 Components of the rear-serviceable N66E cabinet


3

(1) Front door

(2) Rack

(3) Rear door

(4) Side panels

1.1.4 Operating Environment of the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the ambient temperature and relative humidity in the operating environment
of the N66E cabinet.
To ensure long-term reliability of the equipment, the equipment room must have a stable
temperature and humidity. Table 1-2 lists the requirements for the operating environment of the
N66E cabinet.
Table 1-2 Requirements for the operating environment of the N66E cabinet

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Ambient Temperature

Relative Humidity

-25C to +55C

5% to 100% RH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

NOTE

The temperature and humidity of the equipment room refers to the values measured 1.5 m above the ground
and 0.4 m in front of the equipment.

1.1.5 Structural Features of the N66E Cabinet


This topic describes the structural features of the N66E cabinet, including the cabinet material,
cabling mode, heat dissipation, protection performance, ESD jack, installation scenarios, and
cabinet combination.

Cabinet Material
The surface of the cabinet and the rack is purplish grey.
The N66E cabinet is made of welded electro-galvanized steel sheets and cold-rolled steel sheets.
The fireproof performance of the internal materials complies with the Underwriter Laboratories
(UL) standards.

Cabling Mode
Cable apertures are reserved on the top and at the bottom of the N66E cabinet, so that the N66E
cabinet supports overhead cabling and underfloor cabling:
l

In the overhead cabling mode, external cables enter the cabinet through the top of the
cabinet. Figure 1-3 shows the cable apertures.

In the underfloor cabling mode, external cables enter the cabinet through the bottom of the
cabinet.
NOTE

The devices described in this document are in the overhead cabling mode.

Figure 1-3 Cable apertures on the cabinet top


52mm

52mm

Network
cable/fiber

Network
cable/fiber

175mm22mm
Reserved holes
500mm

Power cable

500mm

Power cable hole

Front Door
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Heat Dissipation
The front door, rear door, and top plate of the N66E cabinet have high-density air vents.
Therefore, the cabinet supports front air intake, rear air exhaust, and upper air exhaust and
provides good heat dissipation performance.
NOTE

l The devices described in this document adopt left-to-rear air channels for heat dissipation.
l The airflow of devices described in this document in the cabinet is: front of the cabinet -> left side of
the equipment -> inside the equipment -> rear of the equipment -> rear of the cabinet, as shown in
Figure 1-4. This ensures good heat dissipation.

Figure 1-4 Airflow in the cabinet

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Protective Performance
The protection performance of the N66E cabinet is described as follows:
l

The cabinet design takes full account of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Therefore,
the N66E cabinet has excellent electromagnetic shielding performance.

The air vents on the bottom plate of the cabinet are installed with air filters, which enhance
the dust-proof capability of the N66E cabinet.

The grounding resistance of the N66E cabinet is equal to or lower than 0.1 ohm.

ESD Jack
When wear an ESD wrist strap, ensure that the connector of the wrist strap is connected properly
to the ESD jack in the middle of the N66E cabinet, as shown in Figure 1-5.
Figure 1-5 ESD jack on the N66E cabinet

Installation Scenarios
The installation scenarios of the N66E cabinet are as follows:
l

The cabinet can be installed on the concrete floor.

The cabinet can also be installed on the antistatic floor. In this case, the N6X series supports
are required.

Cabinet Combination
The N66E cabinets can be installed side by side. When installing the cabinets side by side,
connect them by using connecting plates, as shown in Figure 1-6.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Figure 1-6 Combined N66E cabinets

1.2 Introduction to the N68E Cabinet


This section describes the appearance, technical specifications, components, and structural
features of the N68E cabinet.

1.2.1 Appearance of the N68E cabinet


The N68E cabinet complies with the requirement of the Dimensions of Mechanical Structures
of the 482.6 mm (19 Inch) Series (IEC 60297-2 Standard). The N68E cabinet is designed with
a modular structure, which facilitates expansion and maintenance. The surface of the cabinet
and the rack is NC purplish grey.
Figure 1-7 shows the appearance of the N68E cabinet.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Figure 1-7 Appearance of the N68E cabinet

1.2.2 Technical Specifications of the N68E cabinet


The technical specifications of the N68E cabinet consist of the maximum installation height
inside the cabinet, dimensions, and weight of an empty cabinet.
Table 1-3 lists the technical specifications of the N68E cabinet.
Table 1-3 Technical specifications of the N68E cabinet
Cabinet
Type

Maximum
Installation
Height
Inside the
Cabinet

Dimension (W x D x H)

Weight of an Empty
Cabinet

N68E

46U

600 mm x 800 mm x 2200 mm

100kg

24" x 31" x 87"

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

NOTE

l 1 U = 1.75 in. or 44.45 mm. U is the height unit defined in the IEC 60297 standard.
l The weight of an empty cabinet includes the weight of the front door, rear door, left side panel, and
right side panel.

1.2.3 Components of the N68E cabinet


The N68E cabinet consists of a front door, a rear door, two side panels, and a rack.
Figure 1-8 shows the structure of the N68E cabinet.
Figure 1-8 Structure of the N68E cabinet
3

4
2

1
1 Front door

3
2 Rear door

3 Side panels

4 Rack

1.2.4 Operating Environment of the N68E cabinet


The operating environment of the N68E cabinet is related to the ambient temperature and relative
humidity.
To ensure the normal operation of equipment, the equipment room must have a stable
temperature and humidity.
Table 1-4 lists the requirements for the operating environment of the N68E cabinet.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Table 1-4 Requirements for the operating environment of the N68E cabinet
Ambient Temperature

Relative Humidity

l Long term: 5C to 40C

l Long term: 5% to 85% RH

l Short term: -5C to +45C

l Short term: 5% to 90% RH

NOTE

l The temperature and humidity of the equipment room refers to the values measured 1.5 m above the
ground and 0.4 m in front of the equipment.
l The short term means that the operating time does not exceed 48 hours continuously or 15 days a year.

1.2.5 Structural Features of the N68E cabinet


The N68E cabinet has the following structural features: cabinet material, cabling mode, ESD
jack, heat dissipation, protection performance, installation scenarios, cabinet combination.

Cabinet Material
The N68E cabinet is a cabinet with electro-galvanized steel sheets and cold-rolled steel sheets
assembled by screws. The fireproof performance of internal materials complies with the
standards of the Underwriter Laboratories (UL).

Cabling Mode
Cable apertures are reserved on the top and at the bottom of the N68E cabinet, so that the N68E
cabinet supports overhead cabling and underfloor cabling:
l

In the overhead cabling mode, external cables enter the cabinet through the top of the
cabinet. Figure 1-9 shows the cable apertures.

In the underfloor cabling mode, external cables enter the cabinet through the bottom of the
cabinet.
NOTE

The devices described in this document are in the overhead cabling mode.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Figure 1-9 Cable apertures on the cabinet top


52mm

52mm

Network
cable/fiber

Network
cable/fiber

312mm

312mm

130mm15mm

130mm15mm

312mm

312mm

145mm65mm

Power cable

145mm65mm

Reserved holes

Front Door

ESD Jack
Before installing the N68E cabinet, you must wear an ESD wrist strap and ensure that the
connector of the ESD wrist strap is connected properly to the ESD jack in the middle of the
N68E cabinet, as shown in Figure 1-10.
Figure 1-10 ESD jack in the middle of the N68E cabinet

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Heat Dissipation
The front door, rear door, and bottom plate of the N68E cabinet have high-density air vents.
Therefore, the N68E cabinet supports front air intake, back air exhaust, and upper air exhaust
and provides good heat dissipation performance.
NOTE

l The devices described in this document adopt left-to-rear air channels for heat dissipation.
l The airflow of devices described in this document in the cabinet is: front of the cabinet -> left side of
the equipment -> inside the equipment -> rear of the equipment -> rear of the cabinet, as shown in
Figure 1-11. This ensures good heat dissipation.

Figure 1-11 Airflow in the cabinet

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

1 Cabinet

Protection Performance
The protection performance of the N68E cabinet is described as follows:
l

The cabinet design takes full account of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Therefore,
the N68E cabinet has excellent electromagnetic shielding performance.

The air vents on the bottom plate of the cabinet are installed with air filters. The same
enhances the dust-proof capability of the N68E cabinet.

The grounding resistance of the N68E cabinet does not exceed 0.1 ohm.

Installation Scenarios
The installation scenarios of the N68E cabinet are as follows:
l

The N68E cabinet can be installed on the concrete floor.

The N68E cabinet can also be installed on the antistatic floor. In such a case, the N6X series
supports are required.

Cabinet Combination
The N68E cabinets can be installed side by side. When installing the N68E cabinets side by side,
connect them by using connecting plates, as shown in Figure 1-12.
Figure 1-12 Combined N68E cabinets

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Chassis

About This Chapter


2.1 Chassis Models
2.2 S7703
2.3 S7706
2.4 S7712

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

2.1 Chassis Models


A variety of chassis models are provided to meet diverse customer requirements. Table 2-1 lists
these chassis modules.
You can select the chassis models according to the network requirements.
Table 2-1 Chassis models
Device Series

Chassis
Model

Description

S7700

S7703

Supports two MCUs, three LPUs, and AC or DC power


modules in 1+1 backup mode.

S7706

Supports two SRUs, six LPUs, and DC power modules in


1+1 backup mode, or AC power modules in 1+1 or 2+2
backup mode.

S7712

Supports two SRUs, twelve LPUs, and DC power modules


in 1+1 backup mode, or AC power modules in 1+1 or 2+2
backup mode.

NOTE

l The S7703 chassis integrates the PoE and non-PoE models. The S7706 and S7712 have PoE chassis
and non-PoE chassis. A PoE chassis is identified by PoE on the nameplate and power module slots.
Select PoE chassis and non-PoE chassis as required.

2.2 S7703
2.2.1 Version Mapping
Table 2-2 describes the mapping between the S7703 chassis and software versions.
Table 2-2 Mapping between the S7703 chassis and software versions
Chassis

Version

S7703

This chassis is supported in V100R003C01


and later versions.

2.2.2 Appearance and Structure


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Appearance
The S7703 chassis is 4 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm). When the chassis has no cable divider installed,
the dimensions are 442 mm x 476 mm x 175 mm (W x D x H). When the chassis has cable
dividers installed, the dimensions are 442 mm x 585 mm x 175 mm (W x D x H). Figure 2-1
and Figure 2-2 show the appearance of the S7703 chassis.
Figure 2-1 Appearance of the S7703 chassis (front view)

Figure 2-2 Appearance of the S7703 chassis (rear view)

NOTE

l The S7703 chassis integrates the PoE and non-PoE models.

Structure
Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 show the structure of the S7703 chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-3 Structure of the S7703 chassis (front view)

1. Rack-mounting ear

2. System power module

3. MCU

5. PoE power module

6. Cable divider

NOTE
It is used to secure the chassis in a rack.
4. LPU

NOTE
It is used to arrange cables.

Figure 2-4 Structure of the S7703 chassis (rear view)

3
1. Fan module

2. Air filter

3. Ground screw

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

Each chassis is configured with only


one fan module. For details about
the fan module, see 4.1 Fan
Module.

It prevents dust from entering the


chassis.

It is used to ground the chassis.

4. ESD jack
NOTE
An ESD wrist strap can be inserted
into this ESD jack.
ESD preventive measures take
effect only when the chassis is
properly grounded.

2.2.3 Slots
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Slot Configuration on the Chassis


The S7703 chassis provides three LPU slots, two MCU slots, two system power slots, and one
PoE power slot.
Figure 2-5 shows the layout of slots on the S7703 chassis, and Table 2-3 describes the
configuration of these slots.
Figure 2-5 Layout of slots on the S7703 chassis
SLOT3-LPU
SLOT2-LPU
SLOT1-LPU
SLOT4-MCU
PWR1

SLOT5-MCU
PWR2

PoE

Table 2-3 Configuration of the S7703 slots


Slot Type

Slot ID

Module
Supported

Remarks

MCU slot

4 and 5

5.2.2
ES0D00MCUA00Main Control Unit

There are two slots


for the MCUs. The
distance between two
slots is 0.8 inches.
The MCUs work in 1
+1 backup mode.

LPU slot

1 to 3

Cards supported by
the S7700

The distance
between two slots is
1.4 inches.

System power slot

PWR1 and PWR2

l 3.1 1600 W DC
Power Module

The AC and DC
power modules
cannot be installed
into a chassis
simultaneously.

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module
l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module
PoE power slot

PoE

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module

l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Power Slot Configuration


On the S7703 chassis, power modules are located in slots PWR1 and PWR2. The S7703 supports
the DC and AC power modules. PWR1 belongs to area A, and PWR2 belong to area B. Area A
and area B work in backup mode, as shown in Figure 2-6.
Figure 2-6 Configuration of S7703 power modules
LPU
LPU
LPU
MCU

MCU

PW R1

PW R2

Master
PWR

PoE

Slave PWR

The following describes the AC and DC power module configurations:


l

Configuration of S7703 DC power modules


DC power modules on the S7703 support 1+1 backup and provide a maximum of 1600 W
power. Table 2-4 describes the backup mode of DC power modules.
Table 2-4 Backup mode of DC power modules

Power
Module Type

Active Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

1600 W DC
power module

1600 W

As shown in
Figure 2-6,
install a power
module in slots
PWR1 and
PWR2
respectively.

Configuration of S7703 AC power modules


AC power modules on the S7703 support 1+1 backup and provide a maximum of 2200 W
power. Table 2-5 describes the backup mode of AC power modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Table 2-5 Backup mode of AC power modules


Input
Voltage

Power
Module
Type

Active
Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installatio
n
Descriptio
n

220 V

2200 W AC
power
module

2200 W

800 W AC
power
module

800 W

2200 W AC
power
module

1100 W

As shown in
Figure 2-6,
install
power
modules of
the same
type in slots
PWR1 and
PWR2
respectively
.

800 W AC
power
module

400 W

110 V

The S7703 can be configured with a PoE power module that provides a maximum of 2200 W
power. Table 2-6 describes the backup mode of PoE power modules.
Table 2-6 Backup mode of PoE power modules
Input
Voltage

Power
Module
Type

Active
Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installatio
n
Descriptio
n

220 V

2200 W AC
power
module

2200 W

800 W AC
power
module

Power
modules are
not backed
up.

As shown in
Figure 2-6,
install a PoE
power
module in
the PoE slot.

2200 W AC
power
module

1100 W

800 W AC
power
module

400 W

110 V

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

800 W

21

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

CAUTION
l A chassis cannot use power modules of different types simultaneously. For example, a chassis
cannot use 2200 W AC power modules and 800 W AC power modules simultaneously.
l A 2200 W AC power module functions only as a PoE power module in V200R001C01 and
earlier versions.
l Only AC power modules can be installed in PoE slots.
l When the S7703 functions as a PoE chassis, use AC power modules as the system power
modules.
l When inserted into a PoE slot, an AC power module is used as a PoE power module and
provides power for powered devices (PDs) by using an Ethernet PoE electrical interface card.
When inserted into slot PWR1 or PWR2, an AC power module provides power for the entire
device.

2.2.4 Power Supply Principles


Figure 2-7 shows how DC power modules work on the S7703. Figure 2-8 shows how AC power
modules work on the S7703.
Figure 2-7 DC power supply mechanism on the S7703

Board 2

Board 1

Board 3

Backplane
-48V1/-60V1

RTN1
-48V2/-60V2

RTN2

PWR1

PWR2

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60V RTN

DC

DC
-48V1/-60V1
-48V2/-60V2
RTN1
RTN2

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-8 AC power supply mechanism on the S7703

Board 1

Board 3

Board 2

Backplane
-48VA

RTNA

PWR1

-48VB

RTNB

PWR2

L N PGND

L N PGND

AC

AC

PWR1 -48VA
PWR2 -48VB
PWR1 RTNA
PWR2 RTNB

2.2.5 Heat Dissipation


The S7703 heat dissipation system consists of a fan module and an air filter. The fan module
locates behind the air exhaust vent (rear of the chassis), and the air filter locates outside the air
intake vent (left side of the chassis).
l

The S7703 has a fan module that can intelligently adjust the fan speed at the rear of the
chassis. The fan module absorbs cold air into the chassis to dissipate heat generated by
working components, ensuring that the chassis operates at a normal temperature. For details
about the performance and attributes of the fan module, see 4.1 Fan Module.

The air filter prevents dust from entering the chassis with airflows and ensures normal
operation of the chassis.

Air Flow
The fan module in the S7703 chassis dissipates heat by absorbing air. Air flows from the left
side to the rear of the chassis. Figure 2-9 shows the air flow in the chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-9 Air flow in the S7703 chassis

Air Filter
The S7703 uses a sponge air filter, as shown in Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10 Sponge air filter

The S7703 has only one air filter that is installed from the back, as shown in Figure 2-11.
Figure 2-11 Location of the S7703 air filter

The air filter can be removed. For details about how to remove and install an air filter, see the
precautions in the S7700 Smart Routing Switch Parts Replacement.

2.2.6 Specifications
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Table 2-7 lists the specifications of the S7703 chassis.


Table 2-7 Specifications of the S7703 chassis
Item

Description

Backplane capacity

3 Tbit/s

Switching capacity

768 Gbit/s
NOTE
The switching capacity can be expanded to 1.92
Tbit/s in the future.

Forwarding capability

576 Mpps
NOTE
The forwarding capability can be expanded to
1440 Mpps in the future.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number of LPU slots

Number of MCU slots

Number of fan slots

Number of system power slots

Number of PoE power slots

Maximum port density

144xFE, 144xGE, 120x10GE, 6x40GE

Number of VLANs

4K

RRPP instances

A maximum of 64 Rapid Ring Protection


Protocol (RRPP) rings

Smart Link

A maximum of 16 Smart Link groups

MPLS

Support for Label Distribution Protocol


(LDP) and Resource Reservation Protocol
(RSVP): 8 K LDP label switched paths
(LSPs) (E series) or 4 K LDP LSPs (F series)
in the entire system, and 512 RSVP LSPs

MPLS VPN

Support for RFC2547bis BGP/MPLS VPN:


140,000 routes in each VPN routing and
forwarding (VRF) table and a total of
140,000 routes in all VRF tables

MPLS VPLS

A maximum of 1 K virtual switch interfaces


(VSIs) with each VSI supporting the upper
threshold of MAC address entries

Routing

Supports a maximum of 300 K route entries.

Stacking

Not supported

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

PoE

l Power input: AC input power only


l Backup of PoE power modules: no backup
l Maximum output power: 2200 W

Maximum power consumption (fully loaded,


excluding PoE)

800 W

NOTE
The heat dissipation value of a chassis equals the
current power consumption of the chassis.

Power specifications

l DC input voltage
Rated voltage: -48 V DC/-60 V DC
Voltage range: -38.4 V DC to -72 V
DC
l AC input voltage
Rated voltage: 110 V AC/220 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Voltage range:
90 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
(When the input voltage is in the range
of 90 V AC to 175 V AC, the power
module provides up to half of the
maximum output power.)

Dimensions (W x D x H, excluding the rackmounting ears)

l Having cable dividers installed: 442 mm


x 585 mm x 175 mm (4 U high)
l Having no cable divider installed: 442 mm
x 476 mm x 175 mm (4 U high)

Weight (empty/fully loaded)

10 kg/22 kg

Reliability and availability

l Mean time between failures (MTBF):


33.8 years
l Mean time to repair (MTTR): 30 minutes
l Availability: 0.99999964

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to
85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95%
RH (non-condensing)

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic power)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

58.6 dB

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental standards compliance

l RoHS
l REACH

Safety standards compliance

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Method to Calculate the Switching Capacity and Interface Capacity


l

The switching capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


The per slot unidirectional forwarding speed of the S7703 is 120 Gbit/s. Therefore, the
switching capacity of the S7703 is 768 Gbit/s (128 x 3 x 2 = 768). In the equation, 3 is the
number of LPU slots in the S7703 chassis, and 2 means that traffic is forwarded
bidirectionally.

The interface capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


Interface capacity = Maximum interface rate x Interface density
The maximum interface rate is the maximum transmission rate of a single interface.
The interface density is the number of a specified type of interfaces on the switch.
Each LPU of the S7703 provides a maximum of 40 10GE interfaces, and each S7703 chassis
provides 3 LPU slots. A chassis can provide a maximum of 120 10GE interfaces. That is,
the interface density is 120. The transmission rate of each 10GE interface is 10 Gbit/s;
therefore, the interface capacity of the S7703 is 1200 Gbit/s.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

2.3 S7706
2.3.1 Version Mapping
Table 2-8 describes the mapping between the S7706 chassis and software versions.
Table 2-8 Mapping between the S7706 chassis and software versions
Chassis

Version

S7706

This chassis is supported in V100R006C01


and later versions.

2.3.2 Appearance and Structure


Appearance
The S7706 chassis is 10 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm). When the chassis has no cable divider
installed, the dimensions are 442 mm x 476 mm x 441.7 mm (W x D x H). When the chassis
has cable dividers installed, the dimensions are 442 mm x 585 mm x 441.7 mm (W x D x H).
Figure 2-12 and Figure 2-13 show the appearance of the S7706 chassis.
Figure 2-12 Appearance of the S7706 chassis (front view)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-13 Appearance of the S7706 chassis (rear view)

NOTE

l The S7706 has PoE chassis and non-PoE chassis. A PoE chassis is identified by PoE on the nameplate
and power module slots.

Structure
Figure 2-14 and Figure 2-15 show the structure of the S7706 chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-14 Structure of the S7706 chassis (front view)

8
1. LPU

2. SRU

3. Rack-mounting ear
NOTE
It is used to secure the chassis in a rack.

4. Cable divider

5. PoE power module

6. CMU

NOTE
It is used to arrange cables.
7. System power module

8. Ground screw
NOTE
It is used to ground the chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-15 Structure of the S7706 chassis (rear view)

1. Air filter

2. Fan module

3. ESD jack

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

It prevents dust from entering


the chassis.

Each chassis is configured with


two fan modules. For details about
the fan modules, see 4.1 Fan
Module.

An ESD wrist strap can be inserted


into this ESD jack.
ESD preventive measures take
effect only when the chassis is
properly grounded.

2.3.3 Slots
Slot Configuration on the Chassis
The S7706 chassis provides six LPU slots, two SRU slots, two Central Monitoring Unit (CMU)
slots, four system power slots, and four PoE power slots.
Figure 2-16 shows the layout of slots on the S7706 chassis, and Table 2-9 describes the
configuration of these slots.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-16 Layout of slots on the S7706 chassis


SLOT6-LPU
SLOT5-LPU
SLOT4-LPU
SLOT8-SRU
SLOT7-SRU
SLOT3-LPU
SLOT2-LPU

PoE4

PoE3

PoE2

PoE1

CMU1
CMU2

PWR4

PWR3

PWR2

PWR1

SLOT1-LPU

Table 2-9 Configuration of the S7706 slots


Slot Type

Slot ID

Module
Supported

Remarks

SRU slot

7 and 8

5.2.1 SRUSwitching and


Routing Unit

There are two slots


for SRUs. The
distance between two
slots is 1.4 inches.
The SRUs work in 1
+1 hot backup mode,
and the data
switching units work
in load balancing
mode.

LPU slot

1 to 6

Cards supported by
the S7700

The distance
between two slots is
1.4 inches.

CMU slot

CMU1 and CMU2

5.3
LE0DCMUA0000Centralized
Monitoring Unit

The CMUs work in 1


+1 hot backup mode.

System power slot

PWR1 to PWR4

l 3.1 1600 W DC
Power Module

The AC and DC
power modules
cannot be installed
into a chassis
simultaneously.

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module
l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Slot Type

Slot ID

Module
Supported

Remarks

PoE power slot

PoE1 to PoE4

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module

l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module

Power Slot Configuration


On the S7706 chassis, power modules are located in slots PWR1 to PWR4. The S7706 supports
the DC and AC power modules. PWR1 and PWR2 belong to area A, and PWR3 and PWR4
belong to area B. Area A and area B work in primary/backup mode, and the power modules in
each area work in load balancing mode, as shown in Figure 2-17.
The AC and DC power modules cannot be installed into an area simultaneously.
Figure 2-17 Configuration of S7706 power modules
LPU
LPU
LPU
SRU
SRU
LPU
LPU

LPU

AreaA

PoE

PoE

PoE

PoE

CMU1
CMU2

SRU

PWR3
Slave
PWR4
Filler panel

PWR2
Filler panel

PWR1
Master

LPU

AreaB

The following describes the AC and DC power module configurations:


l

Configuration of the S7706 DC power modules


DC power modules on the S7706 support 1+1 backup and 2+2 backup and provide a
maximum of 3200 W power. Table 2-10 describes the backup mode of DC power modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Table 2-10 Backup mode of DC power modules

Power
Module Type

Active Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

1600 W DC
power module

1600 W

As shown in
Figure 2-17,
install a power
module in a slot
of area A and
area B
respectively
and filler
panels in other
slots.

3200 W

As shown in
Figure 2-17,
install power
modules in all
slots of area A
and area B.

Configuration of S7706 AC power modules


AC power modules on the S7706 support 1+1 backup and 2+2 backup and provide a
maximum of 4400 W power. Table 2-11 describes the backup mode of AC power modules.
Table 2-11 Backup mode of AC power modules

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Input
Voltage

Power
Module
Type

Active
Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installatio
n
Descriptio
n

220 V

2200 W AC
power
module

2200 W

800 W AC
power
module

800 W

As shown in
Figure
2-17, install
a power
module in a
slot of area
A and area
B
respectively
and filler
panels in
other slots.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Input
Voltage

Power
Module
Type

110 V
NOTE
To meet the
power
requiremen
t of the
S7706,
configure
the 2+2
backup
mode for
800 W AC
power
modules
when 110 V
AC power
sources are
used.

2200 W AC
power
module

800 W AC
power
module

Active
Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installatio
n
Descriptio
n

1600 W

As shown in
Figure
2-17, install
power
modules of
the same
type in all
slots of area
A and area
B.

1100 W

As shown in
Figure
2-17, install
a power
module of
the same
type in a slot
of area A
and area B
respectively
and filler
panels in
other slots.

2200 W

800 W

As shown in
Figure
2-17, install
power
modules of
the same
type in all
slots of area
A and area
B.

The S7706 can be configured with up to four PoE power modules that provide a maximum of
8800 W power. Table 2-12 describes the backup mode of PoE power modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Table 2-12 Backup mode of PoE power modules


Input
Voltage

Power
Module
Type

Active
Power
Module
Count (M)

Standby
Power
Module
Count (N)

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installatio
n
Descriptio
n

220 V

2200 W AC
power
module

M4

N M and
M+N4

M*2200 W

800 W AC
power
module

M4

M*800 W

2200 W AC
power
module

M4

M*1100 W

As shown in
Figure 2-17,
install power
modules of
the same
type in M+N
slots of PoE1
to PoE4 and
filler panels
in other slots.

800 W AC
power
module

M4

M*400 W

110 V

CAUTION
l A chassis cannot use power modules of different types simultaneously. For example, a chassis
cannot use 2200 W AC power modules and 800 W AC power modules simultaneously.
l A 2200 W AC power module functions only as a PoE power module in V200R001C01 and
earlier versions.
l Only AC power modules can be installed in PoE slots.
l When the S7706 functions as a PoE chassis, use AC power modules as the system power
modules.
l When inserted into a PoE slot, an AC power module is used as a PoE power module and
provides power for PDs by using an Ethernet PoE electrical interface card. When inserted
into slot PWR1, PWR2, PWR3, or PWR4, an AC power module provides power for the entire
device.

2.3.4 Power Supply Principles


Figure 2-18 shows how DC power modules work on the S7706. Figure 2-19 shows how AC
power modules work on the S7706.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-18 DC power supply mechanism on the S7706

Board 2

Board 1

Board 6

Backplane
-48V1/-60V1

RTN1

-48V1/-60V1

PWR1

RTN1
-48V2/-60V2

RTN2

PWR2

-48V2/-60V2

RTN2

PWR3

PWR4

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

DC

DC

DC

DC
-48V1/-60V1
-48V2/-60V2
RTN1
RTN2

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-19 AC power supply mechanism on the S7706

Board 1

Board 6

Board 2

Backplane
-48VA

RTNA

PWR1

-48VA

RTNA

PWR2

L N PGND

AC

RTNB

PWR3

L N PGND

AC

-48VB

RTNB

PWR4

L N PGND

AC

-48VB

L N PGND

AC
PWR1-PWR2 -48VA
PWR3-PWR4 -48VB
PWR1-PWR2 RTNA
PWR3-PWR4 RTNB

2.3.5 Heat Dissipation


The S7706 heat dissipation system consists of fan modules and an air filter. The fan modules
locate behind the air exhaust vent (rear of the chassis), and the air filter locates outside the air
intake vent (left side of the chassis).
l

The S7706 has two fan modules that can intelligently adjust the fan speed at the rear of the
chassis. The fan modules absorb cold air into the chassis to dissipate heat generated by
working components, ensuring that the chassis operates at a normal temperature. For details
about the performance and attributes of the fan modules, see 4.1 Fan Module.

The air filter prevents dust from entering the chassis with airflows and ensures normal
operation of the chassis.

Heat Dissipation Zones


The heat dissipation system of S7706 is divided into multiple zones. If there are empty slots in
a zone, the fans corresponding to this zone operate at a low speed, which reduces power
consumption and noises.
As shown in Figure 2-20, the S7706 has two fan modules. The fan modules serve two zones,
with four cards in each zone.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-20 S7706 heat dissipation zones

Air Flow
The fan modules in the S7706 chassis dissipate heat by absorbing air. Air flows from the left
side to the rear of the chassis. Figure 2-21 shows the air flow in the chassis.
Figure 2-21 Air flow in the S7706 chassis

Air Filter
The S7706 uses a sponge air filter, as shown in Figure 2-22.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-22 Sponge air filter

The S7706 has only one air filter that is installed from the back, as shown in Figure 2-23.
Figure 2-23 Location of the S7706 air filter

The air filter can be removed. For details about how to remove and install an air filter, see the
precautions in the S7700 Smart Routing Switch Parts Replacement.

2.3.6 Specifications
Table 2-13 lists the specifications of the S7706 chassis.
Table 2-13 Specifications of the S7706 chassis

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Item

Description

Backplane capacity

6 Tbit/s

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

Switching capacity

2 Tbit/s
NOTE
The switching capacity can be expanded to 5.12
Tbit/s in the future.

Forwarding capability

1152 Mpps
NOTE
The forwarding capability can be expanded to
2880 Mpps in the future.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number of LPU slots

Number of SRU slots

Number of fan slots

Number of system power slots

Number of PoE power slots

Maximum port density

288xFE, 288xGE, 240x10GE, 12x40GE

Number of VLANs

4K

RRPP instances

A maximum of 64 Rapid Ring Protection


Protocol (RRPP) rings

Smart Link

A maximum of 16 Smart Link groups

MPLS

Support for Label Distribution Protocol


(LDP) and Resource Reservation Protocol
(RSVP): 8 K LDP label switched paths
(LSPs) (E series) or 4 K LDP LSPs (F series)
in the entire system, and 512 RSVP LSPs

MPLS VPN

Support for RFC2547bis BGP/MPLS VPN:


500,000 routes in each VRF table and a total
of 500,000 routes in all VRF tables

MPLS VPLS

A maximum of 1 K virtual switch interfaces


(VSIs) with each VSI supporting the upper
threshold of MAC address entries

Routing

Supports a maximum of 1 M route entries.

Installation

Can be installed in an N66E or N68E cabinet.


Each cabinet can accommodate two chassis.

Stacking

Can set up a stack using their stack cards or


service ports.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

PoE

l Power input: AC input power only


l Various backup modes of PoE power
modules: no backup, 3+1 backup, or 2+2
backup
l Maximum output power: 8800 W

Maximum power consumption (fully loaded,


excluding PoE)

1600 W

NOTE
The heat dissipation value of a chassis equals the
current power consumption of the chassis.

Power specifications

l DC input voltage
Rated voltage: -48 V DC/-60 V DC
Voltage range: -38.4 V DC to -72 V
DC
l AC input voltage
Rated voltage: 110 V AC/220 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Voltage range:
90 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
(When the input voltage is in the range
of 90 V AC to 175 V AC, the power
module provides up to half of the
maximum output power.)

Dimensions (W x D x H, excluding the rackmounting ears)

l Having cable dividers installed: 442 mm


x 585 mm x 441.7 mm (10 U high)
l Having no cable divider installed: 442 mm
x 476 mm x 441.7 mm (10 U high)

Weight (empty/fully loaded)

15 kg/42 kg

Reliability and availability

l MTBF: 24.2 years


l MTTR: 30 minutes
l Availability: 0.99999959

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to
85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95%
RH (non-condensing)

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic power)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

61.6 dB

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental standards compliance

l RoHS
l REACH

Safety standards compliance

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Method to Calculate the Switching Capacity and Interface Capacity


l

The switching capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


Switching capacity of the S7706 = Switching capacity of an SRU x Number of SRUs
Each SRU of the S7706 provides a switching capacity of 1 Tbit/s. Each S7706 chassis can
be equipped with two SRUs; therefore, the switching capacity of the S7706 is 2 Tbit/s.

The interface capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


Interface capacity = Maximum interface rate x Interface density
The maximum interface rate is the maximum transmission rate of a single interface.
The interface density is the number of a specified type of interfaces on the switch.
Each LPU of the S7706 provides a maximum of 40 10GE interfaces, and each S7706 chassis
provides 6 LPU slots. A chassis can provide a maximum of 240 10GE interfaces. That is,
the interface density is 240. The transmission rate of each 10GE interface is 10 Gbit/s;
therefore, the interface capacity of the S7706 is 2400 Gbit/s.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

2.4 S7712
2.4.1 Version Mapping
Table 2-14 describes the mapping between the S7712 chassis and software versions.
Table 2-14 Mapping between the S7712 chassis and software versions
Chassis

Version

S7712

This chassis is supported in V100R006C01


and later versions.

2.4.2 Appearance and Structure


Appearance
The S7712 chassis is 15 U high (1 U = 44.45 mm). When the chassis has no cable divider
installed, the dimensions are 442 mm x 476 mm x 663.95 mm (W x D x H). When the chassis
has cable dividers installed, the dimensions are 442 mm x 585 mm x 663.95 mm (W x D x H).
Figure 2-24 and Figure 2-25 show the appearance of the S7712 chassis.
Figure 2-24 Appearance of the S7712 chassis (front view)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-25 Appearance of the S7712 chassis (rear view)

NOTE

l The S7712 has PoE chassis and non-PoE chassis. A PoE chassis is identified by PoE on the nameplate
and power module slots.

Structure
Figure 2-26 and Figure 2-27 show the structure of the S7712 chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-26 Structure of the S7712 chassis (front view)

8
1. LPU

2. SRU

3. Rack-mounting ear
NOTE
It is used to secure the chassis in a rack.

4. Cable divider

5. PoE power module

6. CMU

NOTE
It is used to arrange cables.
7. System power module

8. Ground screw
NOTE
It is used to ground the chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-27 Structure of the S7712 chassis (rear view)

1. Air filter

2. Fan module

3. ESD jack

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

It prevents dust from entering


the chassis.

Each chassis is configured with


four fan modules. For details about
the fan modules, see 4.1 Fan
Module.

An ESD wrist strap can be inserted


into this ESD jack.
ESD preventive measures take
effect only when the chassis is
properly grounded.

2.4.3 Slots
Slot Configuration on the Chassis
The S7712 chassis provides twelve LPU slots, two SRU slots, two CMU slots, four system power
slots, and four PoE power slots.
Figure 2-28 shows the layout of slots on the S7712 chassis, and Table 2-15 describes the
configuration of these slots.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-28 Layout of slots on the S7712 chassis


SLOT12-LPU
SLOT11-LPU
SLOT10-LPU
SLOT9-LPU
SLOT8-LPU
SLOT7-LPU
SLOT14-SRU
SLOT13-SRU
SLOT6-LPU
SLOT5-LPU
SLOT4-LPU
SLOT3-LPU
SLOT2-LPU

PoE4

PoE3

PoE2

PoE1

CMU1
CMU2

PWR4

PWR3

PWR2

PWR1

SLOT1-LPU

Table 2-15 Configuration of the S7712 slots

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Slot Type

Slot ID

Module
Supported

Remarks

SRU slot

13 and 14

5.2.1 SRUSwitching and


Routing Unit

There are two slots


for SRUs. The
distance between two
slots is 1.4 inches.
The SRUs work in 1
+1 hot backup mode,
and the data
switching units work
in load balancing
mode.

LPU slot

1 to 12

Cards supported by
the S7700

The distance
between two slots is
1.4 inches.

CMU slot

CMU1 and CMU2

5.3
LE0DCMUA0000Centralized
Monitoring Unit

The CMUs work in 1


+1 hot backup mode.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Slot Type

Slot ID

Module
Supported

Remarks

System power slot

PWR1 to PWR4

l 3.1 1600 W DC
Power Module

The AC and DC
power modules
cannot be installed
into a chassis
simultaneously.

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module
l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module
PoE power slot

PoE1 to PoE4

l 3.2 800 W AC
Power Module

l 3.3 2200 W AC
Power Module

Power Slot Configuration


On the S7712 chassis, power modules are located in slots PWR1 to PWR4. The S7712 supports
the DC and AC power modules. PWR1 and PWR2 belong to area A, and PWR3 and PWR4
belong to area B. Area A and area B work in primary/backup mode, and the power modules in
each area work in load balancing mode, as shown in Figure 2-29.
The AC and DC power modules cannot be installed into an area simultaneously.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-29 Configuration of S7712 power modules


LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
SRU
SRU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU
LPU

AreaA

PoE

PoE

PoE

PoE

CMU1
CMU2

PWR3
Slave
PWR4
Filler panel

PWR2
Filler panel

PWR1
Master

LPU

Area B

The following describes the AC and DC power module configurations:


l

Configuration of S7712 DC power modules


DC power modules on the S7712 support 1+1 backup and 2+2 and provide a maximum of
3200 W power. Table 2-16 describes the backup mode of DC power modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Table 2-16 Backup mode of DC power modules

Power
Module Type

Active Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

1600 W DC
power module

1600 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install a power
module in a slot
of area A and
area B
respectively
and filler
panels in other
slots.

3200 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install power
modules in all
slots of area A
and area B.

Configuration of S7712 AC power modules


AC power modules on the S7712 support 1+1 backup and 2+2 backup and provide a
maximum of 4400 W power. Table 2-17 describes the backup mode of AC power modules.
Table 2-17 Backup mode of AC power modules

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Power
Module Type

Active Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

2200 W AC
power module

2200 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install a power
module of the
same type in a
slot of area A
and area B
respectively
and filler
panels in other
slots.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Power
Module Type

800 W AC
power module

Active Power
Module
Count

Standby
Power
Module
Count

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

4400 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install power
modules of the
same type in all
slots of area A
and area B.

800 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install a power
module of the
same type in a
slot of area A
and area B
respectively
and filler
panels in other
slots.

1600 W

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install power
modules of the
same type in all
slots of area A
and area B.

The S7712 can be configured with up to four PoE power modules that provide a maximum of
8800 W power. Table 2-18 describes the backup mode of PoE power modules.
Table 2-18 Backup mode of PoE power modules

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Power
Module Type

Active Power
Module
Count (M)

Standby
Power
Module
Count (N)

Maximum
Power
Provided

Installation
Description

2200 W AC
power module

M4

N M and M +
N4

M*2200 W

800 W AC
power module

M4

As shown in
Figure 2-29,
install power
modules of the
same type in M
+N slots of
PoE1 to PoE4
and filler panels
in other slots.

M*800 W

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

CAUTION
l A chassis cannot use power modules of different types simultaneously. For example, a chassis
cannot use 2200 W AC power modules and 800 W AC power modules simultaneously.
l A 2200 W AC power module functions only as a PoE power module in V200R001C01 and
earlier versions.
l Only AC power modules can be installed in PoE slots.
l When the S7712 functions as a PoE chassis, use AC power modules as the system power
modules.
l When inserted into a PoE slot, an AC power module is used as a PoE power module and
provides power for PDs by using an Ethernet PoE electrical interface card. When inserted
into slot PWR1, PWR2, PWR3, or PWR4, an AC power module provides power for the entire
device.
l The S7712 chassis does not support 110 V power modules.

2.4.4 Power Supply Principles


Figure 2-30 shows how DC power modules work on the S7712. Figure 2-31 shows how AC
power modules work on the S7712.
Figure 2-30 DC power supply mechanism on the S7712

Board 2

Board 1

Board 12

Backplane
-48V1/-60V1

RTN1

-48V1/-60V1

PWR1

RTN1
-48V2/-60V2

RTN2

PWR2

-48V2/-60V2

RTN2

PWR3

PWR4

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

-48/-60VRTN

DC

DC

DC

DC
-48V1/-60V1
-48V2/-60V2
RTN1
RTN2

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-31 AC power supply mechanism on the S7712

Board 1

Board 12

Board 2

Backplane
-48VA

RTNA

PWR1

-48VA

RTNA

PWR2

L N PGND

AC

RTNB

PWR3

L N PGND

AC

-48VB

RTNB

PWR4

L N PGND

AC

-48VB

L N PGND

AC
PWR1-PWR2 -48VA
PWR3-PWR4 -48VB
PWR1-PWR2 RTNA
PWR3-PWR4 RTNB

2.4.5 Heat Dissipation


The S7712 heat dissipation system consists of fan modules and air filters. The fan modules locate
behind the air exhaust vent (rear of the chassis), and the air filters locate outside the air intake
vent (left side of the chassis).
l

The S7712 has four fan modules that can intelligently adjust the fan speed at the rear of the
chassis. The fan modules absorb cold air into the chassis to dissipate heat generated by
working components, ensuring that the chassis operates at a normal temperature. For details
about the performance and attributes of the fan modules, see 4.1 Fan Module.

The air filters prevent dust from entering the chassis with airflows and ensure normal
operation of the chassis.

Heat Dissipation Zones


The heat dissipation system of S7712 is divided into multiple zones. If there are empty slots in
a zone, the fans corresponding to this zone operate at a low speed, which reduces power
consumption and noises.
As shown in Figure 2-32, the S7712 has four fan modules. The fan modules serve four zones,
with four cards in each zone. The cards in slots 4 and 9 belong to two zones.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-32 S7712 heat dissipation zones

SLOT12-LPU
SLOT11-LPU
SLOT10-LPU

Heat dissipation zone 1

SLOT9-LPU
SLOT8-LPU
SLOT7-LPU

Heat dissipation zone 2

SLOT14-SRU
SLOT13-SRU
SLOT6-LPU
SLOT5-LPU

Heat dissipation zone 3

SLOT4-LPU
SLOT3-LPU
SLOT2-LPU

Heat dissipation zone 4

CMU1
CMU2

SLOT1-LPU

Air Flow
The fan modules in the S7712 chassis dissipate heat by absorbing air. Air flows from the left
side to the rear of the chassis. Figure 2-33 shows the air flow in the chassis.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-33 Air flow in the S7712 chassis

Air Filter
The S7712 uses sponge air filters, as shown in Figure 2-34.
Figure 2-34 Sponge air filter

The S7712 has two air filters that are installed from the back, as shown in Figure 2-35.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Figure 2-35 Location of S7712 air filters

The air filters can be removed. For details about how to remove and install an air filter, see the
precautions in the S7700 Smart Routing Switch Parts Replacement.

2.4.6 Specifications
Table 2-19 lists the specifications of the S7712 chassis.
Table 2-19 Specifications of the S7712 chassis
Item

Description

Backplane capacity

12 Tbit/s

Switching capacity

2 Tbit/s
NOTE
The switching capacity can be expanded to 5.12
Tbit/s in the future.

Forwarding capability

1344 Mpps
NOTE
The forwarding capability can be expanded to
3360 Mpps in the future.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number of LPU slots

12

Number of SRU slots

Number of fan slots

Number of system power slots

Number of PoE power slots

Maximum port density

576xFE, 576xGE, 480x10GE, 24x40GE

Number of VLANs

4K

RRPP instances

A maximum of 64 Rapid Ring Protection


Protocol (RRPP) rings

Smart Link

A maximum of 16 Smart Link groups


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

MPLS

Support for Label Distribution Protocol


(LDP) and Resource Reservation Protocol
(RSVP): 8 K LDP label switched paths
(LSPs) (E series) or 4 K LDP LSPs (F series)
in the entire system, and 512 RSVP LSPs

MPLS VPN

Support for RFC2547bis BGP/MPLS VPN:


500,000 routes in each VRF table and a total
of 500,000 routes in all VRF tables

MPLS VPLS

A maximum of 1 K virtual switch interfaces


(VSIs) with each VSI supporting the upper
threshold of MAC address entries

Routing

Supports a maximum of 1 M route entries.

Installation

Can be installed in an N66E or N68E cabinet.


Each cabinet can accommodate one chassis.

Stacking

Can set up a stack using their stack cards or


service ports.

PoE

l Power input: AC input power only


l Various backup modes of PoE power
modules: no backup, 3+1 backup, or 2+2
backup
l Maximum output power: 8800 W

Maximum power consumption (fully loaded,


excluding PoE)

3000 W

NOTE
The heat dissipation value of a chassis equals the
current power consumption of the chassis.

Power specifications

l DC input voltage
Rated voltage: -48 V DC/-60 V DC
Voltage range: -38.4 V DC to -72 V
DC
l AC input voltage
Rated voltage: 220 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Voltage range:
175 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63
Hz

Dimensions (W x D x H, excluding the rackmounting ears)

l Having cable dividers installed: 442 mm


x 585 mm x 663.95 mm (15 U high)
l Having no cable divider installed: 442 mm
x 476 mm x 663.95 mm (15 U high)

Weight (empty/fully loaded)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

25 kg/70 kg

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Item

Description

Reliability and availability

l MTBF: 24.1 years


l MTTR: 30 minutes
l Availability: 0.99999959

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to
85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95%
RH (non-condensing)

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic power)

64.6 dB

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental standards compliance

l RoHS
l REACH

Safety standards compliance

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Method to Calculate the Switching Capacity and Interface Capacity


l

The switching capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


Switching capacity of the S7712 = Switching capacity of an SRU x Number of SRUs

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

2 Chassis

Each SRU of the S7712 provides a switching capacity of 1 Tbit/s. Each S7712 chassis can
be equipped with two SRUs; therefore, the switching capacity of the S7712 is 2 Tbit/s.
l

The interface capacity of a switch is calculated in the following way:


Interface capacity = Maximum interface rate x Interface density
The maximum interface rate is the maximum transmission rate of a single interface.
The interface density is the number of a specified type of interfaces on the switch.
Each LPU of the S7712 provides a maximum of 40 10GE interfaces, and each S7712 chassis
provides 12 LPU slots. A chassis can provide a maximum of 480 10GE interfaces. That is,
the interface density is 480. The transmission rate of each 10GE interface is 10 Gbit/s;
therefore, the interface capacity of the S7712 is 4800 Gbit/s.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Power Module

About This Chapter


3.1 1600 W DC Power Module
3.2 800 W AC Power Module
3.3 2200 W AC Power Module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

3.1 1600 W DC Power Module


Version Mapping
Table 3-1 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching a 1600 W DC power module.
Table 3-1 Switch chassis and software versions matching a 1600 W DC power module
Power Module Name

S7700 Chassis

1600 W DC power module

Supported
NOTE
This module is supported in V100R003C01 and
later versions.

Appearance
A 1600 W DC power module adopts the standard structure. Figure 3-1 shows the appearance
of a 1600 W DC power module.
Figure 3-1 Appearance of a 1600 W DC power module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Function
A 1600 W DC power module provides -48 V DC or -60 V DC output power for a switch. In
addition, the power module provides the following functions:
l

EMC filtering, surge protection, and short circuit protection.

Alarms about various power supply events, for example, no power input, air breaker status,
ineffective surge protection, and input undervoltage.

Panel Description
Figure 3-2 shows the panel of a 1600 W DC power module.
Figure 3-2 Panel of a 1600 W DC power module

1
NEG(-) RTN(+)

2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

4
ON
ON
40

O
OFF

OFF

INPUT
ALM

1. NEG

5
6

INPUT O
ALM O

2. RTN

3. Power switch
NOTE
l ON: The power module is supplying power.
l OFF: The power module is not supplying power.

4. Handle

5: INPUT indicator

6. ALM indicator

Table 3-2 describes the indicators on a 1600 W DC power module panel.


Table 3-2 Description of indicators on a 1600 W DC power module panel
No.

Indicator

Color

Description

INPUT

Green

Steady on: The input


power is normal.
Off: No input power
is available.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

No.

Indicator

Color

Description

ALM

Red

Steady on: The


protection circuit has
failed.
Off: The protection
circuit is working
properly.

Table 3-3 describes the relationship between cables and the terminals on a 1600 W DC power
module.
Table 3-3 Relationship between cables and the terminals on a 1600 W DC power module
Input Terminal
Identifier

Cable Type

Cable Color

Connected Terminal

RTN

Power ground
cable

Black

OT bare crimp terminal

Power cable

Blue

NOTE
RTN indicates
return.

NEG

Specifications
Table 3-4 describes the technical specifications of a 1600 W DC power module.
Table 3-4 Technical specifications of a 1600 W DC power module
Item

Value

Dimensions (W x D x H)

41 mm x 393 mm x 130 mm

Weight

1.5 kg

Input

Output

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Rated input voltage

-48 V DC/-60 V DC

Input voltage range

-38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum input current

40 A

Maximum output current

40 A

Maximum output power

1600 W

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Item

Value

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45
C
l Operating relative humidity: 5%
RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70
C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH
to 95% RH (non-condensing)

3.2 800 W AC Power Module


Version Mapping
Table 3-5 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching an 800 W AC power module.
Table 3-5 Switch chassis and software versions matching an 800 W AC power module
Power Module Name

S7700 Chassis

800 W AC power module

Supported
NOTE
This module is supported in V100R003C01 and
later versions.

Appearance
An 800 W AC power module is standard 3 U high. Figure 3-3 shows the appearance of an 800
W AC power module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Figure 3-3 Appearance of an 800 W AC power module

Function
An 800 W AC power module provides 800 W AC power when the input voltage is 220 V and
400 W AC power when the input voltage is 110 V. 800 W AC power modules support EMC
filtering and provide protection against:
l

Output overcurrent

Output overvoltage

Output short circuit

Output undervoltage

Input overvoltage

Input undervoltage

Overtemperature

Short circuit

Lightning

Panel Description
Figure 3-4 shows the panel of an 800 W AC power module.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Figure 3-4 Panel of an 800 W AC power module

ON
RUN
ALM

FAULT

OFF

3
2
1

RUN
ALM
FAULT
1. FAULT indicator

2. ALM indicator

3. RUN indicator

4. Handle

5. Loose-proof pinch

6. AC input socket

7. Power switch
NOTE
l ON: The power module is supplying power.
l OFF: The power module is not supplying power.

Table 3-6 describes indicators on an 800 W AC power module panel.


Table 3-6 Description of indicators on an 800 W AC power module panel
No.

Indicator

Color

Description

FAULT

Red

Steady on: The


power module has a
fault that cannot be
rectified.
Off: The power
module does not
have any fault that
cannot be rectified.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

No.

Indicator

Color

Description

ALM

Yellow

Steady on: A power


output shutdown
alarm,
overtemperature
alarm, overvoltage
alarm, undervoltage
alarm, or overcurrent
alarm is generated.
Blinking:
Communication with
the monitoring
device (MPU or
CMU) is interrupted.
Off: The power
module is working
properly.

RUN

Green

Steady on: The


power input is
normal.
Off: The power
module has a fault
that cannot be
rectified, or power
output shutdown,
overtemperature,
overvoltage, or
undervoltage has
occurred.

Specifications
Table 3-7 describes the technical specifications of an 800 W AC power module.
Table 3-7 Technical specifications of an 800 W AC power module
Item

Value

Dimensions (W x D x H)

41 mm x 393 mm x 130 mm

Weight

< 2.5 kg

Input

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Rated input voltage

220 V AC/110 V AC; 50/60 Hz

Rated input voltage range

200 V AC to 240 V AC (220 V AC


input)/100 V AC to 120 V AC (110 V
AC input); 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Item

Output

Value
Maximum input voltage range

90 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
(When the input voltage is in the range
of 90 V AC to 175 V AC, the power
module provides up to half of the
maximum output power.)

Maximum input current

5A

Maximum output current

15 A (220 V AC input)/7.5 A (110 V


AC input)

Maximum output power

800 W (220 V AC input)/400 W (110


V AC input)

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45
C
l Operating relative humidity: 5%
RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70
C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH
to 95% RH (non-condensing)

3.3 2200 W AC Power Module


Version Mapping
Table 3-8 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching a 2200 W AC power module.
Table 3-8 Switch chassis and software versions matching a 2200 W AC power module
Power Module Name

S7700 Chassis

2200 W AC power module

Supported
NOTE
This module is supported in V100R006C00 and
later versions.

Appearance
A 2200 W AC power module is standard 3 U high. Figure 3-5 shows the appearance of a 2200
W AC power module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Figure 3-5 Appearance of a 2200 W AC power module

Function
A 2200 W AC power module provides 2200 W AC power when the input voltage is 220 V and
1100 W AC power when the input voltage is 110 V. 2200 W AC power modules support EMC
filtering and provide protection against:
l

Output overcurrent

Output overvoltage

Output short circuit

Output undervoltage

Input overvoltage

Input undervoltage

Overtemperature

Short circuit

Lightning

Panel Description
Figure 3-6 shows the panel of a 2200 W AC power module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Figure 3-6 Panel of a 2200 W AC power module

ON

RUN

ALM

2
1

FAULT

OFF

RUN
ALM
FAULT
1. FAULT indicator

2. ALM indicator

3. RUN indicator

4. Handle

5. AC input socket

6. Power switch
NOTE
l ON: The power module is supplying power.
l OFF: The power module is not supplying power.

Table 3-9 describes the indicators on a 2200 W AC power module panel.


Table 3-9 Description of indicators on a 2200 W AC power module panel
No.

Indicator

Color

Description

FAULT

Red

Steady on: The


power module has a
fault that cannot be
rectified.
Off: The power
module does not
have any fault that
cannot be rectified.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

No.

Indicator

Color

Description

ALM

Yellow

Steady on: A power


output shutdown
alarm,
overtemperature
alarm, overvoltage
alarm, undervoltage
alarm, or overcurrent
alarm is generated.
Blinking:
Communication with
the monitoring
device (MPU or
CMU) is interrupted.
Off: The power
module is working
properly.

RUN

Green

Steady on: The


power input is
normal.
Off: The power
module has a fault
that cannot be
rectified, or power
output shutdown,
overtemperature,
overvoltage, or
undervoltage has
occurred.

Specifications
Table 3-10 describes the technical specifications of a 2200 W AC power module.
Table 3-10 Technical specifications of a 2200 W AC power module
Item

Value

Dimensions (W x D x H)

41 mm x 393 mm x 130 mm

Weight

< 6.0 kg

Input

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Rated input voltage

220 V AC/110 V AC; 50/60 Hz

Rated input voltage range

200 V AC to 240 V AC (220 V AC


input)/100 V AC to 120 V AC (110 V
AC input); 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

3 Power Module

Item

Output

Value
Maximum input voltage range

90 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
(When the input voltage is in the range
of 90 V AC to 175 V AC, the power
module provides up to half of the
maximum output power.)

Maximum input current

15.5 A

Maximum output current

42 A (220 V AC input)/21 A (110 V


AC Input)

Maximum output power

2200 W (220 V AC input)/1100 W


(110 V AC input)

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45
C
l Operating relative humidity: 5%
RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to
+70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH
to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

4 Fan Module

Fan Module

About This Chapter


4.1 Fan Module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

4 Fan Module

4.1 Fan Module

CAUTION
When a fan on the switch is faulty, the switch generates an alarm. If all fans are faulty, shut
down the switch.

Version Mapping
Table 4-1 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching a fan module.
Table 4-1 Switch chassis and software versions matching a fan module
Name

S7700

Wide-voltage fan box

Supported
NOTE
This module is supported in V100R003C01 and
later versions.

Appearance
A fan module has two fans, and a failure of a fan does not affect system operation for minutes.
Figure 4-1 shows the appearance of a fan module.
Figure 4-1 Appearance of a fan module

Function
Fan modules can be installed on the S7703, S7706, and S7712 switches to cool down the
switches. Table 4-2 describes the functions of fan modules.
Table 4-2 Functions of fan modules

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Function

Description

Hot swap

Supported
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

4 Fan Module

Function

Description

Automatic fan speed adjustment

The S7700 fan modules support intelligent


fan speed adjustment. The system monitors
the temperature of key components. If a
sensitive component overheats, the fan speed
increases; when the temperature falls back to
its normal range, the fan speed decreases.
Intelligent fan speed adjustment reduces
power consumption and noise.
By default, the S7700 adjusts fan speed
according to card temperature. The S7700 can
also adjust fan speed according to optical
module temperature. When either of the card
temperature or optical module temperature
exceeds the limit, the S7700 increases fan
speed. For example, when the card
temperature reduces but the optical module
temperature increases, the S7700 increases
the fan speed.

Panel Description
Figure 4-2 shows the panel of a fan module.
Figure 4-2 Panel of a fan module

4
RUN/ALM

2
1

RUN/ALM
1. Fan status indicator

2. Captive screw

3. Handle

4. Air vent

Table 4-3 describes indicators on a fan module panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

4 Fan Module

Table 4-3 Description of indicators on a fan module panel


No.

Indicator

Color

Description

RUN/ALM

Green

Blinking once every


2s (0.5 Hz): The fan
module is working
properly, and the
communication is
normal.
Blinking once every
0.25s (4 Hz): The fan
module is working
properly, but the
communication is
not established.

Red

Blinking once every


2s (0.5 Hz): An alarm
was generated, and
you need to
determine whether to
replace the fan
module based on the
actual the situation.
Steady on: The fan
module has a
hardware fault, and
needs to be replaced.

Specifications
Table 4-4 describes the technical specifications of a fan module.
Table 4-4 Technical specifications of a fan module

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Item

Value

Dimensions (W x D x H)

323.9 mm x 74.8 mm x 126.6 mm

Number of fans

Weight

114020 g

Maximum power consumption

31.6 W

Maximum wind pressure

331 Pa

Maximum wind rate

163 cubic feet per minute (CFM)

Maximum noise

62 dB

Operating voltage range

-38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

4 Fan Module

Item

Value

Environment parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to
85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95%
RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Cards

About This Chapter


5.1 Introduction
5.2 Main Processing Units and Subcards
5.3 LE0DCMUA0000-Centralized Monitoring Unit
5.4 LE0D0VAMPA00-Value-added Service Unit
5.5 ES1D2PS00P00 -Open Service Platform Unit
5.6 100M Interface Card
5.7 1000M Interface Card
5.8 GE/10GE Interface Card
5.9 10GE Interface Card
5.10 40GE Interface Card

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 Card Classification
NOTE

l Interface cards are classified into S series, E series, F series, B series, and POS interface cards:
l The S series has the SA interface cards, for example, 24-port 100M/1000M BASE-X optical
interface card (SA, SFP)-32K MAC.
l The E series includes EA, EC, and ED interface cards, for example, 48-port 100M BASE-X optical
interface card (EA, SFP)-32K MAC.
l The F series consists of FA and FC interface cards, for example, 48-port 1000M BASE-T electrical
interface card (FA, RJ45)-32K MAC.
l The B series has BC interface cards, for example, 48-port 100M/1000M BASE-X optical interface
card (BC, SFP)-128K MAC.
l The cards that have not gained an FCC certificate include the ES1D2X08SED4 and ES0D0X12SA00.
l The cards gaining the FCC certificate must be used together with the chassis gaining the FCC certificate.
l When a GE optical port is configured with a 100M/1000M optical module, the port works at 1000
Mbit/s by default. When the GE optical port connects to the 100M optical port, you need to run the
speed auto-negotiation command to enable auto-negotiation on the GE optical port. The ports work
at 100 Mbit/s after negotiation.
l The GE electrical ports do not support synchronous Ethernet.

Table 5-1 lists the cards supported by the S7700.


Table 5-1 Cards supported by the S7700

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Type

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

MPU

ES0D00SR
UA00

Main
Processing
Unit A (used
on the S7712
and S7706)
that has a
unidirection
al switching
capacity of
256 Gbit/s

81 W
(including
the FSUA)

2.80 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES0D00SR
UB00

Main
Processing
Unit B-clock
used on the
S7712 and
S7706 that
has a
unidirection
al switching
capacity of
512 Gbit/s

105 W
(including
the FSUA)

2.90 kg

Yes

ES0D00MC
UA00

Main
Processing
Unit A (used
on the
S7703)

18 W

0.90 kg

Yes

LE0D0VST
SA00

Stack
subcard on
the SRU,
providing the
stack
function

12 W

1 kg

Yes

ES0D00FSU
A00

Flexible
service unit
on the SRU,
enhancing
service
processing
capacity of
the SRU

20 W

0.42 kg

Yes

Value-added
service card

LE0D0WM
NPA00

Value-added
service card

120 W

3.1 kg

Yes

OSPU

ES1D2PS00
P00

Open
Service
Platform
Unit

137.5 W

5.5 kg

Yes

Subcard on
the SRU

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Type

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

CMU

LE0DCMU
A0000

Centralized
Monitoring
Unit,
monitoring
the operation
of the S7712
and S7706. It
provides two
ports: RS485
and MON.

1W

0.22 kg

Yes

LPU

ES0D0F48T
A00

48-port
59 W
10/100BAS
E-T interface
card (EA,
RJ45)-32K
MAC

2.50 kg

Yes

ES0D0F48T
C00

48-port
70 W
10/100BAS
E-T interface
card (EC,
RJ45)-128K
MAC

2.62 kg

Yes

ES0DF48TF
A00

48-port
40 W
10/100BAS
E-T interface
card (FA,
RJ45)-32K
MAC

2.30 kg

Yes

ES0D0G48S
A00

48-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (EA,
SFP)-32K
MAC

75 W

2.54 kg

Yes

ES0D0G48S
C00

48-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (EC,
SFP)-128K
MAC

92 W

2.66 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES1D2G48S
ED0

48-port
100M/
1000M
BASE-X
interface
card (ED,
SFP)-512K
MAC

110 W

2.66 kg

Yes

ES1D2G48S
FA0

48-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (FA,
SFP)-32K
MAC

65 W

2.60 kg

Yes

ES0D0G48T
A00

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (EA,
RJ45)-32K
MAC

62 W

2.50 kg

Yes

ES0D0G48T
C00

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (EC,
RJ45)-128K
MAC

68 W

2.62 kg

Yes

ES0DG48T
FA00

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (FA,
RJ45)-32K
MAC

48 W

2.50 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES0DG48C
EAT0

36-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T and
12-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (EA,
RJ45/
SFP)-32K
MAC

62 W

2.50 kg

Yes

ES0D0G48
VA00

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
PoE
interface
card (EA,
RJ45,
PoE)-32K
MAC

64 W (not
including
PoE power
consumption
)

2.6 kg

Yes

ES0D0X4U
XA00

4-port
10GBASEX interface
card (EA,
XFP)-32K
MAC

64 W

2.16 kg

Yes

ES0D0X4U
XC00

4-port
10GBASEX interface
card (EC,
XFP)-128K
MAC

75 W

2.28 kg

Yes

ES0D0X2U
XA00

2-port
10GBASEX interface
card (EA,
XFP)-32K
MAC

52 W

2.14 kg

Yes

ES0D0X2U
XC00

2-port
10GBASEX interface
card (EC,
XFP)-128K
MAC

61 W

2.26 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES1D2X04
XED0

4-port
10GBASEX interface
card (ED,
XFP)-512K
MAC

93 W

2.30 kg

Yes

ES0D0G24S
A00

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (SA,
SFP)-32K
MAC

45 W

2.22 kg

Yes

ES0D0G24S
C00

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (EC,
SFP)-128K
MAC

63 W

2.66 kg

Yes

ES0D0G24
CA00

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X and 8port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (SA,
SFP/
RJ45)-32K
MAC

67 W

2.26 kg

Yes

ES0D0X12S
A00

12-port
10GBASEX interface
card (SA,
SFP+)-32K
MAC

85 W

2.3 kg

No

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES0D0T24X
A00

24-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T and
2-port
10GBASEX interface
card (EA,
RJ45/
XFP)-32K
MAC

53 W

2.3 kg

Yes

ES0D0S24X
A00

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X and 2port
10GBASEX interface
card (EA,
SFP/
XFP)-32K
MAC

65 W

2.4 kg

Yes

ES0DG24T
FA00

24-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (FA,
RJ45)-32K
MAC

32 W

2.20 kg

Yes

ES1D2X40S
FC0

40-port
10GBASEX interface
card (FC,
SFP+)-128K
MAC

183 W

2.90 kg

Yes

ES1D2X16S
FC0

16-port
10GBASEX interface
card (FC,
SFP+)-128K
MAC

150 W

2.6 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Card Type

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

5 Cards

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES1D2L02Q
FC0

2-port
40GBASEX interface
card (FC,
QSFP
+)-128K
MAC

88 W

2.50 kg

Yes

ES1D2X08S
ED4

8-port
10GBASEX interface
card (ED,
SFP+)-512K
MAC

198.1 W

2.5 kg

No

ES1D2X08S
ED5

8-port
10GBASEX interface
card (ED,
SFP+)-512K
MAC

198.1 W

2.5 kg

Yes

ES1D2G24S
ED0

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (ED,
SFP)-512K
MAC

75 W

2.66 kg

Yes

ES1D2G48T
ED0

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (ED,
RJ45)-512K
MAC

98 W

2.62 kg

Yes

ES1D2G48S
BC0

48-port
100/1000BA
SE-X
interface
card (BC,
SFP)-128K
MAC

185 W

2.90 kg

Yes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Type

Card Name

Card
Descriptio
n

Maximum
Power
Consumpti
on

Weight

FCC
Available

ES1D2G48T
BC0

48-port
10/100/1000
BASE-T
interface
card (BC,
RJ45)-128K
MAC

160 W

2.90 kg

Yes

ES1D2S24X
EC0

24-port
100/1000BA
SE-X and 2port
10GBASEX interface
card (EC,
SFP/
XFP)-128K
MAC

81 W

2.5 kg

Yes

5.1.2 Card Structure and Dimensions


Card Structure
Figure 5-1 shows the appearance of a card.
Figure 5-1 Appearance of a card
9

10

11

5 6

1: Name label

2. Ejector lever

3: Front panel plate

4. Port

5: Button

6: Indicator

7: Clock daughter card slot

8: Printed circuit board (PCB)

9: Bolt

10: Subcard slot

11. Captive screw

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

A card consists of the following components:


l

PCB
The PCB contains all the functional chips of the card and is the core of the card. The PCB
provides indicators, buttons, and ports on the front panel. PCBs of some cards provide space
for installing clock daughter cards.
NOTE

Different cards provide different indicators, buttons, and ports. Some cards support clock daughter cards,
while others do not. For details, see the description of specific cards.

Front panel, consisting of captive screws, ejector levers, and plate


Captive screws: fix the card into the chassis.
Ejector levers: allow you to insert and remove the card.
Plate: connects the ejector levers and the PCB to the panels. Some labels are also
attached on the plate.

Card Dimensions
Figure 5-2 shows the width, height, and depth of a card.
Figure 5-2 Appearance of a card

heigtht
depth

width

Table 5-2 provides the dimensions of each card of the S7700.


Table 5-2 Card dimensions

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Type

Dimensions (W x D x H)

MCU

194.5 mm x 426.8 mm x 19.9 mm

SRU

394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm

FSU/VSU

170.0 mm x 243.7 mm x 35.1 mm

CMU

112.9 mm x 412.7 mm x 19.8 mm

LPU

394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

NOTE

The card dimensions are defined as follows:


l Depth: the distance between the top of an ejector lever and the end of PCB
l Width: the longest distance between the tops of two ejector levers
l Height: the height of the front panel

5.1.3 Port Numbering


Physical Interface Numbering Rules
Physical interfaces are numbered in the following way:
A single switch uses slot ID/subcard ID/interface ID to identify physical interfaces.
A stacked switch uses frame ID/slot ID/subcard ID/interface ID to identify physical interfaces.
l

Frame ID: indicates the ID of a switch in the stack. The value is 1 or 2.

Slot ID: indicates the number of the slot where a card is located.

Subcard ID: indicates the ID of a subcard. The value is 0 or 1.

Interface sequence number: indicates the sequence number of an interface on the card.

Table 5-3 Physical interface numbering rule


Row
Num
ber
1

Numbering Diagram

Description

From left to right, starting with 0.

...

...
...

...

There are two rows of interfaces on


the interface card. These interfaces
are numbered from top to bottom
and left to right, starting from 0.

For example, if a card is inserted in slot 3 of a switch, the number of the fifth interfaces on the
card that numbered from top to bottom and left to right is 3/0/4. If the switch is in a stack and
the stack ID is 1, the interface is numbered 1/3/0/4.
However, there is an exception. The switch can split a 40GE interface into four 10GE interfaces.
After a 40GE interface is split into four 10GE interfaces, the four physical interfaces are
numbered as follows:
If the 40GE interface is numbered 40GE x/y/0/n, the four 10GE interfaces are numbered 10GE
x/y/1/(4n + z).
l

x: indicates the frame ID, also called the stack ID. This parameter is only available when
the device is in a stack.

y: indicates the number of the slot where a card is located.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

n: indicates the sequence number of a 40GE interface, starting from 0.

z: indicates the interface location. The value ranges from 0 to 3.

For example: on a single switch, if a 40GE interface is numbered 40GE1/0/1, the 10GE interfaces
are numbered 10GE1/1/4, 10GE1/1/5, 10GE1/1/6, and 10GE1/1/7.

5.2 Main Processing Units and Subcards


5.2.1 SRU-Switching and Routing Unit
SRUs of the switch are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D00SRUA00: SRUA

ES0D00SRUB00: SRUB

Introduction
The ES0D00SRUA00 or ES0D00SRUB00 integrates the control and switching functions and
provides the control plane, management plane, and switching plane for the system. Table 5-4
lists their differences.
Table 5-4 Differences between the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00
Card Name

Switching Capacity

ES0D00SRUA00

512 Gbit/s, bidirectional

ES0D00SRUB00

1 Tbit/s, bidirectional

The SRU can be installed in slot 13 and slot 14 of the S7712, or slot 7 and slot 8 of the S7706
chassis. The SRU slots are the two horizontal slots in the middle of the chassis.
Figure 5-3 shows the appearance of the ES0D00SRUA00.
Figure 5-3 Appearance of the ES0D00SRUA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-4 shows the appearance of the ES0D00SRUB00.


Figure 5-4 Appearance of the ES0D00SRUB00

Version Mapping
Table 5-5 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the SRU.
Table 5-5 Switch chassis and software versions matching the SRU
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D00SRUA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D00SRUA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D00SRUB00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D00SRUB00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


The SRU integrates the control and switching functions and provides the control plane,
management plane, and switching plane for the system.
l

The control plane provides functions such as protocol processing, service processing, route
calculation, forwarding control, service scheduling, traffic statistics, and system security.

The management plane is responsible for system status monitoring, environment


monitoring, log and alarm processing, system loading, and system upgrade.

The switching plane provides high-speed and non-blocking data channels to implement
service switching between service modules. Two SRUs in a chassis can work in 1+1 hot
backup mode with their data switching units working in load balancing mode. Flexible
service units (FSUs) can also be installed on the SRUs.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The SRU is divided into the following modules based on their functions:
l

Control module: functions as the control and management plane for the SRU and the entire
system, implementing protocol processing, route calculation, forwarding control, system
management, and system security.

Switching module: functions as the system switching plane, providing high-speed service
channels to implement service switching.

Local clock module: provides the working clock for the chips of the control module,
switching module, and equipment management and monitoring module on the SRU.

Equipment management and monitoring module: provides the controller area network bus
(CANBus) module to monitor the SRU and manage the CANBus modules.

Power supply module: provides power for the SRU, FSU.

FSU: provides enhanced service features such as administration and maintenance (OAM)
and bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD). It is an optional value-added service module.

Stack card: provides the device stacking function. The stack card is optional.
NOTE

l The SRU stores the configuration data, startup files, upgrade software, and system logs.
l Two SRUs can work in 1+1 backup mode.
l The SRU is hot swappable. Before removing the active SRU, perform an active/standby switchover.

Table 5-6 describes functions and features of the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00.
Table 5-6 Functions and features of the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00
Function and
Feature

Description

Basic function

The SRU serves as the main control and switching platform of the S7712
and S7706 and integrates the main control unit, switching unit, and system
maintenance unit. The SRU runs as the core for system control and
management, and provides functions of the control plane and system
maintenance plane.

Distributed
forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data concurrently.

Switching
capacity

l ES0D00SRUA00: 512 Gbit/s, bidirectional

OAM

l Supports identification, detection, and transmission of 802.1ag


continuity check (CC) packets, with a maximum capacity of
4K@3.3ms, 8K@10ms, or 32K@100ms, 1s, or 10s.

l ES0D00SRUB00: 1 Tbit/s, bidirectional

NOTE
Supports OAM.
An FSU needs to
be installed on the
to support this
function.

l Supports identification, detection, and transmission of MPLS OAM


packets, and a maximum of 4K sessions. Each session supports
periodical detection and packet sending at the interval of 10 ms, 50
ms, 100 ms, 500 ms, or 1s.
l Supports OAM UNCFG_MEP and a maximum of 1K sessions. Each
session supports detection at the interval of 3.3 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1s,
or 10s.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and
Feature

Description

CF card

512 MB

NOTE
The CF card
serves as a mass
storage device to
save data files and
logs.

Usage Constraints

CAUTION
l

Different SRUs cannot be installed in the same chassis, that is, the ES0D00SRUA00 and
ES0D00SRUB00 cannot be installed in the same chassis.

The SRU must be installed on the S7712 or S7706. You can install one or two SRUs in
each chassis. If only one SRU is configured, it can be installed in either of the SRU slots.
To improve reliability of a key device, configure two SRUs. When the active SRU fails,
the standby SRU substitutes for the active SRU automatically to prevent service
interruption.

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-5 shows indicators on the ES0D00SRUA00 panel. Figure 5-6 shows indicators on the
ES0D00SRUB0 panel.
Figure 5-5 Appearance of the ES0D00SRUA00 panel
3

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-6 Appearance of the ES0D00SRUB00 panel


4

3 2

Table 5-7 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D00SRUA00 or ES0D00SRUB00 panel.
Table 5-7 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D00SRUA00 or ES0D00SRUB00 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

ACT: active/
standby status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card is in active state.

RST button

Off: The card is in standby state.


Press this button to reset the card.
NOTE
Resetting a card will cause service
interruption; therefore, confirm the
action before you reset a card using this
button.

SYNC

NOTE
Reserved.

Port Description
Figure 5-7 shows ports on the ES0D00SRUA00 or ES0D00SRUB00 panel.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-7 Appearance of the ES0D00SRUA00 or ES0D00SRUB00 panel


2

1: One ETH port (10M/100M BASE-TX auto-sensing). The ETH port is connected to the network port of a
configuration terminal or network management workstation to set up the on-site or remote configuration
environment.
2: One console port. The console port is connected to an operation terminal to implement on-site configuration.
3: One subcard slot. The subcard slot is used to install a subcard on the SRU.

Figure 5-8 Appearance of the panel


4

1: One ETH port (10M/100M BASE-TX auto-sensing). The ETH port is connected to the network port of a
configuration terminal or network management workstation to set up the on-site or remote configuration
environment.
2: One console port. The console port is connected to an operation terminal to implement on-site configuration
of the S7700.
3: One subcard slot. The subcard slot is used to install a subcard on the SRU.
4: Two BITS ports. The ports are reserved.

10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port


Table 5-8 lists attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port.
Table 5-8 Attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Console port
Table 5-9 lists attributes of a console port.
Table 5-9 Attributes of a console port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Working mode

Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/


Transmitter (UART)

Standards compliance

RS-232

Data equipment type

Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)

Specifications
Table 5-10 lists specifications of the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00.
Table 5-10 Specifications of the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


Space reserved for the subcard: 243.7 mm x 170.0 mm x 35.1 mm
l Weight:
ES0D00SRUA00: 2.80 kg
ES0D00SRUB00: 2.90 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D00SRUA00: 81 W (including FSUA)
ES0D00SRUB00: 105 W (including FSUA)

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-11 lists SRU order information.
Table 5-11 SRU order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

SRUA

ES0D00SRUA00

SRU B

ES0D00SRUB00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.2.2 ES0D00MCUA00-Main Control Unit


Introduction
The ES0D00MCUA00 is the core for system control and management, and functions as the
clock source and maintenance unit of the system to provide functions of the control plane and
system maintenance plane.
The ES0D00MCUA00 can be installed only in slot 4 and slot 5 of the S7703.
Figure 5-9 shows the appearance of the ES0D00MCUA00
Figure 5-9 Appearance of the ES0D00MCUA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-12 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D00MCUA00.
Table 5-12 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D00MCUA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D00MCUA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D00MCUA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


The ES0D00MCUA00 serves as the Main Control Unit of the S7703 and integrates the main
control unit, clock unit, and system maintenance unit. The ES0D00MCUA00 provides the
following functions:
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Provides channels for out-of-band communication between cards.

Monitors system operation: The ES0D00MCUA00 periodically collects operation data of


different units. According to the running status of the units, the ES0D00MCUA00 generates
the control information to check availability of cards, control the running status of the
switch fabric, perform port switching, reset the forwarding engine, and increase the fan
speed.

Functions as the proxy of the network management software: The ES0D00MCUA00


manages and maintains the switch through the open management ports, including serial
ports or network ports.

Configures data: The ES0D00MCUA00 stores configuration data, startup files, charging
information, upgrade software, and system logs. The ES0D00MCUA00 provides a CF card
to store data files as a mass storage device.

Improves system reliability: The ES0D00MCUA00 works in 1+1 hot backup mode. The
active and standby ES0D00MCUA00s monitor the status of each other. When the active
ES0D00MCUA00 fails, the standby ES0D00MCUA00 substitutes for the active MCUA
to ensure normal running of the system.

Table 5-13 describes functions and features of the ES0D00MCUA00.


Table 5-13 Functions and features of the ES0D00MCUA00
Function and
Feature

Description

Basic function

The ES0D00MCUA00 serves as the Main Control Unit of the S7703 and
integrates the main control unit, clock unit, and system maintenance unit.

Distributed
forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data concurrently.

OAM

l Supports 802.1ag. The interval for sending CCMs can be 100 ms, 1s,
10s, 1 min, and 10 min. The default interval is 1s. A maximum capacity
of 32K@100ms or 500@1s is supported.
l Supports a maximum of 32 unexpected-MEP alarms.
l Supports BFD. The interval for sending BFD packets ranges from 100
ms to 1000 ms. A maximum capacity of 32@100ms or 450@1s is
supported.
l Supports MPLS OAM. The interval for sending FFD packets is 500
ms and for sending CV packets is 1s. A maximum of 512 sessions are
supported.

Routing

Supports a maximum of 300K route entries.

CF card

512 MB

NOTE
The CF card
serves as a mass
storage device to
save data files and
logs.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Usage Constraints

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-10 shows indicators on the ES0D00MCUA00 panel.
Figure 5-10 Appearance of the ES0D00MCUA00 panel

Table 5-14 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D00MCUA00 panel.


Table 5-14 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D00MCUA00 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

ACT: active/
standby status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card is in active state.

RST button

Off: The card is in standby state.


Press this button to reset the card.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Port Description
Figure 5-11 shows ports on the ES0D00MCUA00 panel.
Figure 5-11 Appearance of the ES0D00MCUA00 panel

1: One ETH port (10M/100M BASE-TX auto-sensing). The ETH port is connected to the network port of a
configuration terminal or network management workstation to set up the on-site or remote configuration
environment.
2: One console port. The console port is connected to an operation terminal to implement on-site configuration
of the S7700.
3: One MON port for environment monitoring and control.
4: One RS485 port. This port is reserved for external PoE power module.
NOTE
Currently, the S7700 does not support the external PoE power module.

10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port


Table 5-15 lists attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port.
Table 5-15 Attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards
compliance

IEEE802.3

Console port
Table 5-16 lists attributes of a console port.
Table 5-16 Attributes of a console port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Working mode

Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Standards
compliance

RS-232

Data equipment
type

Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)

RS485 port
Table 5-17 lists attributes of an RS485 port.
Table 5-17 Attributes of an RS485 port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards
compliance

RS-485

MON port
Table 5-18 lists attributes of a MON port.
Table 5-18 Attributes of a MON port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards
compliance

RS-232

Specifications
Table 5-19 lists specifications of the ES0D00MCUA00.
Table 5-19 Specifications of the ES0D00MCUA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 0.90 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 18 W

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-20 lists MCUA order information.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-20 MCUA order information


Card Description

Card Model

MCUA

ES0D00MCUA00

5.2.3 ES0D00FSUA00-Enhanced Flexible Service Unit


Introduction
The ES0D00FSUA00 is a subcard installed on the SRU and enhances service features such as
administration and maintenance (OAM), bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD), and
security.The ES0D00FSUA00 is installed on the SRU.
Figure 5-12 shows the appearance of the ES0D00FSUA00.
Figure 5-12 Appearance of the ES0D00FSUA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-21 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D00FSUA00.
Table 5-21 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D00FSUA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D00FSUA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D00FSUA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The FSUA provides the following functions:


l

Enhances features such as OAM and BFD.

Ensures CPU security. The FSUA limits the rate of packets sent to the CPU.

Stores the card information for query.

Usage Constraints
Figure 5-13 shows the ES0D00FSUA00 on the SRU.
Figure 5-13 ES0D00FSUA00 on the SRU
FSUA

The FSUA is an optional subcard on the SRU of the S7712 or S7706.


You can configure the FSUA to improve flexibility and expansibility of services according to
service requirements, improving flexibility and expansibility of services.

CAUTION
To use FSUAs, install them on all the SRUs in a chassis or stack.
The FSUA can be installed only on the SRUA and SRUB.
The FSUA is not hot swappable.

Indicators
Indicator Description
Figure 5-14 shows indicators on the ES0D00FSUA00 panel.
Figure 5-14 Appearance of the ES0D00FSUA00 panel

FSUA

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-22 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D00FSUA00 panel


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN

Green

Steady on: The FSU has been


installed and powered on.
Off: The FSU is not installed.

Specifications
Table 5-23 lists specifications of the ES0D00FSUA00.
Table 5-23 Specifications of the ES0D00FSUA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 170.0 mm x 243.7 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 0.42 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 20 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-24 lists FSU order information.
Table 5-24 FSU order information
Card Description

Card Model

FSU

ES0D00FSUA00

5.2.4 LE0D0VSTSA00-Cluster Switching System Service Unit


Introduction
The LE0D0VSTSA00 provides four 16GE electrical or optical ports to provide data access and
line-speed switching, and supports stacking.
The LE0D0VSTSA00 can be installed in the subcard slots on the SRU of the S7712 or S7706.
To configure the stack, install the LE0D0VSTSA00 cards on the two SRUs in the same chassis.
Figure 5-15 shows the appearance of the LE0D0VSTSA00.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-15 Appearance of the LE0D0VSTSA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-25 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0D0VSTSA00.
Table 5-25 Switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0D0VSTSA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

LE0D0VSTSA00

Supported
NOTE
The LE0D0VSTSA00 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Each VSTSA provides four 16GE electrical or optical ports to provide data access and line-speed
switching.
The switches connected through the ports on the VSTSA belong to a switching domain and are
considered as one device. You can manage all the switches in a switching domain on the master
switch.

Usage Constraints

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

CAUTION
The LE0D0VSTSA00 can be installed only on the ES0D00SRUA00 and ES0D00SRUB00.
The ES0D00FSUA00 and the LE0D0VSTSA00 are installed in the subcard slots of the SRUs;
however, the ES0D00FSUA00 and the LE0D0VSTSA00 cannot be installed simultaneously on
the SRUs in the same chassis or stack.
The LE0D0VSTSA00 does not support hot swap in V200R002C00 and earlier versions. The
LE0D0VSTSA00 supports hot swap in V200R002C00 and later versions.

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-16 shows indicators on the LE0D0VSTSA00.
Figure 5-16 Appearance of the LE0D0VSTSA00
1

Table 5-26 Description of buttons and indicators on the LE0D0VSTSA00


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

MASTER:
master state
indicator

Green

Steady on: The SRU with the


LE0D0VSTSA00 installed is the
master in the stack.
Off: The SRU with the
LE0D0VSTSA00 installed may be:
l Standby SRU on the master
switch
l Active SRU on the slave switch
l Standby SRU on the slave switch

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Stack ID: stack


ID indicator

Green

This indicator shows the ID of a


switch in a stack. Currently, a stack
can contain only two switches;
therefore, only the indicators 1 and 2
may be on.
When VSTSAs are installed on both
the active and standby SRUs, the
stack ID indicators must be the same.
That is, the stack 1 indicators or
stack 2 indicators are on.

Handle

It is used with the VSTSA.

ACT/LINK:
ACT/LINK
indicator

Green

Steady on: The link state of the stack


port is Up.

RUN/ALM

Green

Off: The link state of the stack port


is Down.
Steady on: The card has been
powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is being powered on or
is being restarted.

Captive screw

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

It is used to fix the VSTSA in the


slot.

Port Description
Figure 5-17 shows optical ports on the LE0D0VSTSA00.
Figure 5-17 Appearance of the LE0D0VSTSA00

1
1: Four 16GE SR4 optical ports to transmit and receive packets.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The LE0D0VSTSA00 provides four optical ports: S0-0, S0-1, S1-0, and S1-1. The S7700 only
supports a stack of two switches. When S7700A and S7700B are connected through
LE0D0VSTSA00 cards, the ports are connected as shown in Figure 5-18.
Figure 5-18 External cable connections of a stack

S0-0 S0-1 S1-0 S1-1

SRU

S0-0 S0-1 S1-0 S1-1

SRU

S0-0 S0-1 S1-0 S1-1

SRU

S0-0 S0-1 S1-0 S1-1

SRU

The S7700 can use the QSFP+ high-speed cables and optical fibers as stack cables, which connect
the stack ports on the LE0D0VSTSA00 cards. The S7706s or S7712s are connected through the
stack cables to form a logical switch and forward packets.
For details on stack cables, see QSFP+-QSFP+ cables in 6.6 High-Speed Cable.
For details on how to select optical modules for optical stack ports, see Optical Fiber in 7.5
QSFP+ Modules. For details about patch cords, see MPO-MPO Patch Cord in 6.7 Optical
Fiber.
NOTE

The MPO-MPO patch cord for stacking has two specifications:


l

OM3: The maximum transmission distance is 100 m.

OM4: The maximum transmission distance is 150 m.

Specifications
Table 5-27 lists specifications of the LE0D0VSTSA00.
Table 5-27 Specifications of the LE0D0VSTSA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 170.0 mm x 243.7 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 1 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 12 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-28 lists LE0D0VSTSA00 order information.
Table 5-28 LE0D0VSTSA00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

Cluster switching system service unit

LE0D0VSTSA00

5.3 LE0DCMUA0000-Centralized Monitoring Unit


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.3.1 Introduction
The LE0DCMUA0000 centrally manages system power modules and fan modules.
The LE0DCMUA0000 can be installed in the CMU1 and CMU2 slots on the S7712 or S7706
One slot is for the master LE0DCMUA0000 and the other is for the slave LE0DCMUA0000.
You can configure one or two LE0DCMUA0000 cards as required.
For the CMU1 and CMU2 slots on each chassis model, see the corresponding figure:
l

S7706: Layout of slots on the S7706 chassis

S7712: Layout of slots on the S7712 chassis

Figure 5-19 shows the appearance of the LE0DCMUA0000.


Figure 5-19 Appearance of the LE0DCMUA0000

5.3.2 Version Mapping


Table 5-29 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0DCMUA0000.
Table 5-29 Switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0DCMUA0000
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

LE0DCMUA0000

Supported
NOTE
The LE0DCMUA0000 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

5.3.3 Functions and Features


The LE0DCMUA0000 consists of the following modules:
l
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Device management module: sends interface control signals for equipment management.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Backplane interface module: sends all interface signals on the backplane to control the
power module, fans, and active/standby state of LE0DCMUA0000.

The LE0DCMUA0000 manages power modules and fan modules on a switch. Two
LE0DCMUA0000 cards can be installed on a switch to work in active/standby mode.

Fan Module Management


The LE0DCMUA0000 provides the following fan module management functions:
l

Fan module presence detection

Fan module registration management

Fan speed monitoring

Fan speed control

Management and report of fan module alarms

Query of fan module electronic labels

The LE0DCMUA0000 supports real-time fan module presence detection. When a fan module
is present in the chassis, it registers with the LE0DCMUA0000, and the LE0DCMUA0000
monitors speed and alarms of the fan module in real time.
When the LE0DCMUA0000 receives a fan speed adjustment instruction from the MPU, it
delivers the instruction to the fan modules. Then the fan modules adjust their speeds according
to the instruction. This fan speed adjustment mechanism ensures that all components in a chassis
work within a proper temperature range while reducing power consumption and noises. When
a chassis has no LE0DCMUA0000 installed, fans run at full speed.
When detecting an alarm about a fan module, the LE0DCMUA0000 reports the alarm to the
MPU. When the alarm is cleared, the LE0DCMUA0000 reports clearance of the alarm to the
MPU.
The LE0DCMUA0000 reads electronic labels of registered fan modules and saves the electronic
labels for users to query.

Power Module Management


The LE0DCMUA0000 manages power modules in either of the following ways:
l

Uses the RS485 bus to provide the following functions:


Power module presence detection
Power module registration management
Power module shutdown
Voltage and current monitoring
Management and report of power module alarms
Query of power module electronic label

Uses the I2C bus to provide the following functions:


Power module presence detection
Power module registration management
Management and report of power module alarms
Query of power module electronic label

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Only the 1600 W DC power module is managed using the I2C bus, and all the other power
modules are managed using the RS485 bus.
The LE0DCMUA0000 supports real-time power module presence detection. When a power
module is present in a power slot, it registers with the LE0DCMUA0000.
The LE0DCMUA0000 can query current and voltage of power modules that are managed
through the RS485 bus, and can shut down one of these power modules.
When detecting an alarm about a power module, the LE0DCMUA0000 reports the alarm to the
MPU. When the alarm is cleared, the LE0DCMUA0000 reports clearance of the alarm to the
MPU. The LE0DCMUA0000 reads electronic labels of registered power modules and saves the
electronic labels for users to query.

5.3.4 Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-20 shows indicators on the LE0DCMUA0000 panel.
Figure 5-20 Appearance of the LE0DCMUA0000 panel

Table 5-30 describes buttons and indicators on the LE0DCMUA0000 panel.


Table 5-30 Description of buttons and indicators on the LE0DCMUA0000 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM

Green

Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The


system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is unregistered.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.


Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): An
alarm is generated because of a fault
on the CMU, fans, or power supply.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The output power is insufficient.

ACT: active/
standby status
indicator

Green

Captive screw

Steady on: The SRU is the master


SRU.
Off: The SRU is the standby SRU.
It is used to fix the CMU in the slot.

Port Description
Figure 5-21 shows ports on the LE0DCMUA0000.
Figure 5-21 Appearance of the LE0DCMUA0000 panel

1: One MON port, which is the environment monitoring control port.


2: One RS485 port, which is the management port of external PoE power supplies.
NOTE
The S7700 does not support the PoE power supply.

MON port
Table 5-31 lists attributes of a MON port.
Table 5-31 Attributes of a MON port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

RS-232

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

RS485 port
Table 5-32 lists attributes of an RS485 port.
Table 5-32 Attributes of an RS485 port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

RS-485

5.3.5 Specifications
Table 5-33 lists specifications of the LE0DCMUA0000.
Table 5-33 Specifications of the LE0DCMUA0000
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 112.9 mm 412.7 mm 19.8 mm


l Weight: 0.22 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 1 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

5.3.6 Order Information


To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-34 lists LE0DCMUA0000 order information.
Table 5-34 LE0DCMUA0000 order information
Card Name

Card Model

Centralized monitoring unit

LE0DCMUA0000

5.4 LE0D0VAMPA00-Value-added Service Unit


5.4.1 Introduction
The Service Process Unit (SPU), the value-added service card of the S7700, provides services
such as load balancing, firewall, Network Address Translation (NAT), IP Security (IPSec), and
NetStream. Currently, there is only one SPU: the LE0D0VAMPA00.
The LE0D0VAMPA00 is an optical service card that can be installed in any LPU slot of the
S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-22 shows the appearance of the LE0D0VAMPA00.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-22 Appearance of the LE0D0VAMPA00

5.4.2 Version Mapping


Table 5-35 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0D0VAMPA00.
Table 5-35 Switch chassis and software versions matching the LE0D0VAMPA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

LE0D0VAMPA00

Supported
NOTE
The LE0D0VAMPA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

5.4.3 Functions and Features


The system switches the data packets to the SPU for value-added services. It can be used in the
solutions such as load balancing, NAT, firewall, IPSec, and NetStream.

5.4.4 Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
The card indicator RUN/ALM and port indicators ACT and Link are located on the
LE0D0VAMPA00. Figure 5-23 shows indicators on the LE0D0VAMPA00 panel.
Figure 5-23 Appearance of the LE0D0VAMPA00 panel
3

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-36 describes buttons and indicators on the LE0D0VAMPA00 panel.


Table 5-36 Description of buttons and indicators on the LE0D0VAMPA00 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.
Off: No data is being transmitted or
received on the port.

LINK indicator

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.


Off: The link is disconnected.

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
The LE0D0VAMPA00 is installed horizontally. A serial port (identified as CON) and an FE
electrical port (identified as ETH) are located on the LE0D0VAMPA00. Figure 5-24 shows
ports on the LE0D0VAMPA00.
Figure 5-24 Appearance of the LE0D0VAMPA00 panel

1: One CON port to provide a serial port. You can log in to the local SPU by connecting the serial port on the
host and the CON port on the SPU through cables to configure the SPU locally.
2: One ETH port to provide an FE electrical port. You can log in to the SPU using Telnet to configure the SPU.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

CON port
Table 5-37 lists attributes of a CON port.
Table 5-37 Attributes of a CON port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Port attribute

RS232

Standards compliance

EIA/TIA-232

ETH port
Table 5-38 lists attributes of an ETH port.
Table 5-38 Attributes of an ETH port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Port attribute

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Working mode

Full duplex

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3

5.4.5 Specifications
Table 5-39 lists specifications of the LE0D0VAMPA00.
Table 5-39 Specifications of the LE0D0VAMPA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.6 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 120 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

5.4.6 Order Information


To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-40 lists LE0D0VAMPA00 order information.
Table 5-40 LE0D0VAMPA00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

Value-added service unit

LE0D0VAMPA00

5.5 ES1D2PS00P00 -Open Service Platform Unit


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.5.1 Introduction
The ES1D2PS00P00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-25 shows the appearance of the ES1D2PS00P00.
Figure 5-25 Appearance of the ES1D2PS00P00

5.5.2 Version Mapping


Table 5-41 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2PS00P00.
Table 5-41 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2PS00P00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2PS00P00

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2PS00P00 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

5.5.3 Functions and Features


Table 5-42 and Table 5-43 describe functions and features of the ES1D2PS00P00.
Table 5-42 Functions and features of the ES1D2PS00P00 (1)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Processes and forwards services.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

6K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

16K

IPv6 ACL

3K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

8K

ARP

16K

Table 5-43 Functions and features of the ES1D2PS00P00 (2)


Functions and Features

Description

Operating system

VMware

Application

IPS

CPU

Intel Core processor, 2.1GHz, 4 cores, 6


Mbit/s cache

Memory

l Supports DDR3-1066/1333 MT/s.


l Provides two 2 GB memory cards (the
capacity is 4 GB.)
l Supports a maximum of 16 GB (2 x 8 GB).

Built-in flash memory

8 GB

Hard disk

l Provides two 2.5-inch 500 GB enterprise


serial ATA (SATA) hard drives.
l Supports RAID 0 and RAID 1.
l Supports hot swapping.
NOTE
Huawei-certified hard drives are required.
Reliability of non-Huawei-certified hard drives
cannot be ensured. Huawei is not responsible for
problems caused by non-Huawei-certified hard
drives and will not solve the problem in principle.
Hard drives provided by Huawei are certified.

User port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Two 10GE interfaces

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Functions and Features

Description

Management interface

l One VGA port:


Supports hot swapping.
Supports the standard DB15 socket.
l Two USB ports:
Supports hot swapping.
Supports High-Speed.
Port specifications: USB Specification
Rev. 2.0
l Provides one serial port: UART port
l Provides one GE network port: 10M/
100M/1000M auto-sensing, RJ45
connector, and dormancy of ports that are
not connected.

Energy-saving

l Supports dynamic radio and pressure


adjustment of the CPU.
l Supports dormancy of external devices
that are not connected.
l Supports card power detection.

5.5.4 Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-26 shows indicators on the ES1D2PS00P00 panel.
Figure 5-26 Appearance of the ES1D2PS00P00 panel

Table 5-44 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2PS00P00 panel.


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-44 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES1D2PS00P00 panel


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Flash memory
and hard disk
indicator

Green

Blinking: The system accesses the


storage device with SATA ports.

Double-color
status indicator

Off: The card is power off or reset.

Yellow

Steady on: The BIOS is running.

Green

Steady on: The operating system


(OS) is running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
OS or application software is in
normal state.

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Red

Steady on: Major alarm, indicating


that a fault that affects services has
occurred and cannot be rectified
automatically. The fault needs to be
rectified manually.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

RST button

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Press this button to reset the card.


NOTE
Resetting a card will cause service
interruption; therefore, confirm the
action before you reset a card using this
button.

PWR button

Press for 0.5s: power on or off the


card.
Hold down the button for more than
4s: power off the card focibly. This
operation is performed when the
card hangs on or freezes due to some
errors.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Port Description
Figure 5-27 shows indicators on the ES1D2PS00P00 panel.
Figure 5-27 Appearance of the ES1D2PS00P00 panel

1: One ETH port (10M/100M BASE-TX auto-sensing), connected to the network port of a configuration
terminal or network management workstation to set up the on-site or remote configuration environment.
2: One Console port, connected to the console to implement on-site system configuration of the S7700.
3: One VGA port, used to connect to the monitor.
4: Two USB ports, connected to USB mouse and keyboard. Expansibility of USB devices is supported.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-TX Ethernet port


Table 5-45 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-TX Ethernet port.
Table 5-45 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-TX Ethernet port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Console port
Table 5-46 lists attributes of a console port.
Table 5-46 Attributes of a console port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Working mode

Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/


Transmitter (UART)

Standards compliance

RS-232

Data equipment type

Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)

5.5.5 Specifications
Table 5-47 describes specifications of the ES1D2PS00P00.
Table 5-47 Specifications of the ES1D2PS00P00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.0 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 137.5 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

l RoHS
l REACH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Safety

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

5.5.6 Order Information


To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-48 lists ES1D2PS00P00 order information.
Table 5-48 ES1D2PS00P00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

Open Service Platform (OSP) unit

ES1D2PS00P00

5.6 100M Interface Card


5.6.1 ES0D0F48T-48-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Card (RJ45)
The 48-port 10/100BASE-T interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0F48TA00: 48-Port 10/100BASE-T interface card (EA, RJ45)

ES0D0F48TC00: 48-Port 10/100BASE-T interface card (EC, RJ45)

ES0DF48TFA00: 48-Port 10/100BASE-T interface card (FA, RJ45)

Introduction
The ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00 provide 48 GE electrical ports
for data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-49 lists their differences.
Table 5-49 Differences among the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0F48TA00

32K

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0F48TC00

128K

ES0DF48TFA00

32K

NOTE

The sizes of the MAC address tables of both the ES0D0F48TA00 and ES0DF48TFA00 are 32 K. The
ES0DF48TFA00 consumes less power than the ES0D0F48TA00.

The ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00 can be installed in any LPU slot
of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-28 shows the appearance of the ES0D0F48TA00.
Figure 5-28 Appearance of the ES0D0F48TA00

Figure 5-29 shows the appearance of the ES0D0F48TC00.


Figure 5-29 Appearance of the ES0D0F48TC00

Figure 5-30 shows the appearance of the ES0DF48TFA00.


Figure 5-30 Appearance of the ES0DF48TFA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Version Mapping
Table 5-50 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0F48T.
Table 5-50 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0F48T
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0F48TA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0F48TA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D0F48TC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0F48TC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0DF48TFA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0DF48TFA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-51 describes functions and features of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00.
Table 5-51 Functions and features of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00
Function and
Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides 48 FE electrical ports for data access and line-speed switching.

Distributed
forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic
scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each
port

l ES0D0F48TA00 and ES0D0F48TC00: supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

ES0D0F48TA00 and ES0D0F48TC00 support NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.

l ES0DF48TFA00: supports a buffer of 2 MB.

The size of the jumbo frame can be set using command lines.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and
Feature

Description

MAC

l ES0D0F48TA00: 32K
l ES0D0F48TC00: 128K
l ES0DF48TFA00: 32K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0F48TA00: 6K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound traffic


l ES0D0F48TC00: 38K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES0DF48TFA00: 1.5K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0F48TA00: 16 K
l ES0D0F48TC00: 128 K
l ES0DF48TFA00: 12 K

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0F48TA00: 3K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound traffic


l ES0D0F48TC00: 35K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES0DF48TFA00: 512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound traffic

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0F48TA00: 8 K
l ES0D0F48TC00: 64 K
l ES0DF48TFA00: 6 K

ARP

l ES0D0F48TA00: 16 K
l ES0D0F48TC00: 16 K
l ES0DF48TFA00: 8 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-31 shows indicators on the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00 panels.
Figure 5-31 Appearance of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00 panels
3

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-52 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00 panels.
Table 5-52 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00 panels
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-32 shows ports on the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00
panels.
Figure 5-32 Appearance of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00 panels

1: Forty-eight 10M/100M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive FE services.

10M/100M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-53 lists attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-T electrical port.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-53 Attributes of a 10M/100M BASE-T electrical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-54 lists specifications of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and
ES0DF48TFA00.
Table 5-54 Specifications of the ES0D0F48TA00, ES0D0F48TC00, and ES0DF48TFA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0F48TA00: 2.50 kg
ES0D0F48TC00: 2.66 kg
ES0DF48TFA00: 2.30 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0F48TA00: 59 W
ES0D0F48TC00: 70 W
ES0DF48TFA00: 40 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-55 lists ES0D0F48T order information.
Table 5-55 ES0D0F48T order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100BASE-T interface card (EA,


RJ45)

ES0D0F48TA00

48-port 10/100BASE-T interface card (EC,


RJ45)

ES0D0F48TC00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100BASE-T interface card (FA,


RJ45)

ES0DF48TFA00

5.7 1000M Interface Card


5.7.1 ES0D0G24S 24-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (SFP)
The 24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0G24SA00: 24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (SA, SFP)

ES0D0G24SC00: 24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (EC, SFP)

ES1D2G24SED0: 24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (ED, SFP)

Introduction
The ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0 provide 24 GE optical ports for
data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-56 lists their differences.
Table 5-56 Differences among the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0
Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0G24SA00

32K

ES0D0G24SC00

128K

ES1D2G24SED0

512K

TheES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0 can be installed in any LPU slot


of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-33 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G24SA00.
Figure 5-33 Appearance of the ES0D0G24SA00

Figure 5-34 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G24SC00.


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-34 Appearance of the ES0D0G24SC00

Figure 5-35 shows the appearance of the ES1D2G24SED0.


Figure 5-35 Appearance of the ES1D2G24SED0

Version Mapping
Table 5-57 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G24S.
Table 5-57 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G24S
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G24SA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G24SA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D0G24SC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G24SC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES1D2G24SED0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G24SED0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-58 describes functions and features of the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00 and,
ES1D2G24SED0.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-58 Functions and features of the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and


ES1D2G24SED0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides 24 GE optical ports for data access


and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

l ES0D0G24SA00: supports a buffer of 2


MB.
l ES0D0G24SC00 and EH1D2G24SED0:
supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

ES0D0G24SC00 and EH1D2G24SED0


Supports NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

l ES0D0G24SA00: 32K
l ES0D0G24SC00: 128K
l ES1D2G24SED0: 512K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0G24SA00: 3K for inbound traffic;


512 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G24SC00: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G24SED0: 70K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0G24SA00: 12 K
l ES0D0G24SC00: 128 K
l ES1D2G24SED0: 512 K

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0G24SA00: 1K for inbound traffic;


128 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G24SC00: 35K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G24SED0: 70K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0G24SA00: 6 K
l ES0D0G24SC00: 64 K
l ES1D2G24SED0: 256 K

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

ARP

l ES0D0G24SA00: 8 K
l ES0D0G24SC00 and ES1D2G24SED0:
16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-36 shows indicators on the ES0D0G24SA00 panel.
Figure 5-36 Appearance of the ES0D0G24SA00 panel
5

Figure 5-37 shows indicators on the ES0D0G24SC00 and ES1D2G24SED0 panels.


Figure 5-37 Appearance of the ES0D0G24SC00 and ES1D2G24SED0 panels
5

Table 5-59 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and
ES1D2G24SED0 panels.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-59 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and


ES1D2G24SED0 panels
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-38 shows ports on the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0
panels.
Figure 5-38 Appearance of the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0
panels

1
1: Twenty-four 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-60 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.


Table 5-60 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (1)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about optical modules supported
by the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00,
and ES1D2G24SED0 and their attributes, see
Attributes of FE optical modules,
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-61 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.


Table 5-61 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (2)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP copper module used.


For details on the copper modules supported
by the card, see Attributes of a GE SFP
copper module.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-62 lists specifications of the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and
ES1D2G24SED0.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-62 Specifications of the ES0D0G24SA00, ES0D0G24SC00, and ES1D2G24SED0


Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0G24SA00: 2.22 kg
ES0D0G24SC00: 2.66 kg
ES1D2G24SED0: 2.66 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0G24SA00: 45 W
ES0D0G24SC00: 63 W
ES1D2G24SED0: 75 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-63 lists ES0D0G24S order information.
Table 5-63 ES0D0G24S order information
Card Name

Card Model

24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(SA, SFP)

ES0D0G24SA00

24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(EC, SFP)

ES0D0G24SC00

24-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(ED, SFP)

ES1D2G24SED0

5.7.2 ES0D0G24CA00-24-Port 100/1000BASE-X and 8-Port


10/100/1000BASE-T Combo Interface Card (SA, SFP/RJ45)
Introduction
The ES0D0G24CA00 provides eight electrical ports and 24 optical ports. The first eight optical
ports are used with the eight electrical ports as combo ports to provide line-speed switching on
16 GE optical ports and eight GE combo ports.
The ES0D0G24CA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-39 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G24CA00.
Figure 5-39 Appearance of the ES0D0G24CA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

NOTE

A maximum of 24 ports, that is, 16 GE optical ports and 8 combo ports, can work at the same time on the
ES0D0G24CA00.

Version Mapping
Table 5-64 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G24CA00.
Table 5-64 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G24CA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G24CA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G24CA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-65 describes functions and features of the ES0D0G24CA00.
Table 5-65 Functions and features of the ES0D0G24CA00
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides line-speed switching on 16 GE


optical ports and 8 combo ports. The combo
ports can be configured as either optical ports
or electrical ports.
By default, a combo port works in auto mode.
In auto mode, if the electrical port is
connected to a network cable first, the combo
port works as an electrical port to transmit
data; if the optical port is connected to a fiber
first, the combo port works as an optical port
to transmit data.
NOTE
A maximum of 24 ports, that is, 16 GE optical ports
and 8 combo ports, can work at the same time on
the ES0D0G24CA00.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 2 MB.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

3K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

12 K

IPv6 ACL

1K for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

6K

ARP

8K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-40 shows indicators on the ES0D0G24CA00 panel.
Figure 5-40 Appearance of the ES0D0G24CA00 panel
7

Table 5-66 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G24CA00 panel.


Table 5-66 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G24CA00 panel

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.


Blinking: Data is being transmitted
or received on the port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Color

Description

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-41 shows ports on the ES0D0G24CA00 panel.
Figure 5-41 Appearance of the ES0D0G24CA00 panel

1: Eight 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive GE services.


2: Twenty-four 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-67 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.
Table 5-67 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports


Table 5-68 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.
Table 5-68 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about optical modules supported
by the ES0D0G24CA00 and their attributes,
see Attributes of FE optical modules,
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-69 describes specifications of the ES0D0G24CA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-69 Specifications of the


Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.26 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 67 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-70 lists ES0D0G24CA00 order information.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-70 ES0D0G24CA00 order information


Card Name

Card Model

24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 8-port


10/100/1000BASE-T combo interface card
(SA, SFP/RJ45)

ES0D0G24CA00

5.7.3 ES0DG48CEAT0-36-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 12-Port


100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (EA, RJ45/SFP)
Introduction
The ES0DG48CEAT0 provides thirty-six 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet electrical ports and
twelve 100M/1000M Ethernet optical ports for data access and line-speed switching.
The ES0DG48CEAT0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-42 shows the appearance of the ES0DG48CEAT0.
Figure 5-42 Appearance of the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel

Version Mapping
Table 5-71 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0DG48CEAT0.
Table 5-71 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0DG48CEAT0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0DG48CEAT0

Supported
NOTE
The ES0DG48CEAT0 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-72 describes functions and features of the ES0DG48CEAT0.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-72 Functions and features of the ES0DG48CEAT0


Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides thirty-six 10M/100M/1000M


Ethernet electrical ports and twelve 100M/
1000M Ethernet optical ports for data access
and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

6K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

16 K

IPv6 ACL

3K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

8K

ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-43 shows indicators on the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel.
Figure 5-43 Appearance of the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel
7

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-73 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel.


Table 5-73 Buttons and indicators on the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-44 shows ports on the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-44 Appearance of the ES0DG48CEAT0 panel

1: Twelve 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive GE services.


2: Thirty-six 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports


Table 5-74 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.
Table 5-74 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about optical modules supported
by the ES0DG48CEAT0 and their attributes,
see Attributes of FE optical modules,
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-75 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.
Table 5-75 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Specifications
Table 5-76 describes specifications of the ES0DG48CEAT0.
Table 5-76 Specifications of the ES0DG48CEAT0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.50 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 62 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-77 lists ES0DG48CEAT0 order information.
Table 5-77 ES0DG48CEAT0 order information
Card Name

Card Model

36-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 12-port


100/1000BASE-X interface card (EA, RJ45/
SFP)

ES0DG48CEAT0

5.7.4 ES0D0G48VA00-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE Interface


Card (EA, RJ45, POE)
Introduction
The ES0D0G48VA00 provides 48 GE electrical ports and integrates the data switching unit and
PoE management unit. The ES0D0G48VA00 has the following functions:
l

Providing data access and line-speed switching on GE electrical ports

Providing data signals and DC power for the directly connected device such as the IP phone,
WLAN access point (AP), and network camera

The ES0D0G48VA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.

Figure 5-45 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48VA00.


Figure 5-45 Appearance of the ES0D0G48VA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-78 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48VA00.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-78 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48VA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G48VA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48VA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-79 describes functions and features of the ES0D0G48VA00.
Table 5-79 Functions and features of the ES0D0G48VA00
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

ES0D0G48VA00 of the S9300 consists of the


following units:
l Data switching unit: consists of the CPU,
LAN switch, and physical layer (PHY).
l PoE management unit: consists of the
CPU and the Dual Inline Memory Module
(DIMM).
The ES0D0G48VA00 provides the following
functions:
l Providing 48 GE electrical ports for data
access and line-speed switching
l Providing the PoE function

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

Supports NetStream and IP session.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

6K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

16 K
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

IPv6 ACL

3K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

8K

ARP

16 K

Usage Constraints

CAUTION
To start and register the ES0D0G48VA00, the following conditions must be met:
l The DIMM has been installed in the DIMM slot on the ES0D0G48VA00.
l The chassis must be a PoE chassis.
l A PoE power supply has been installed and is working normally.

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-46 shows indicators on the ES0D0G48VA00 panel.
Figure 5-46 Appearance of the ES0D0G48VA00 panel
3

Table 5-80 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48VA00 panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-80 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48VA00 panel


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-47 shows ports on the ES0D0G48VA00 panel.
Figure 5-47 Appearance of the ES0D0G48VA00 panel

1: Forty-eight 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive GE services. The
ES0D0G48VA00 provides the PoE function and can provide DC power for the directly connected devices such
as the IP phone, WLAN access point (AP), and network camera.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-81 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-81 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-82 describes specifications of the ES0D0G48VA00.
Table 5-82 Specifications of the ES0D0G48VA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.60 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 64 W (The PoE power supply is not
included.)
l Maximum power: 30 W for each port and 1440 W for the whole card

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-83 lists ES0D0G48VA00 order information.
Table 5-83 ES0D0G48VA00 order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE interface


card (EA, RJ45, PoE)

ES0D0G48VA00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.7.5 ES0DG24TFA00-24-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card


(FA, RJ45)
Introduction
The ES0DG24TFA00 provides twenty-four 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet electrical ports to
provide data access and line-speed switching, and supports the Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE)
mode.
The ES0DG24TFA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the .
Figure 5-48 shows the appearance of the ES0DG24TFA00.
Figure 5-48 Appearance of the ES0DG24TFA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-84 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0DG24TFA00.
Table 5-84 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0DG24TFA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0DG24TFA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0DG24TFA00 is supported in
V100R006C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-85 describes functions and features of the ES0DG24TFA00.
Table 5-85 Functions and features of the ES0DG24TFA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides twenty-four 10M/100M/1000M


Ethernet electrical ports for data access and
line-speed switching.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE)

Supports the EEE mode that dynamically


saves energy based on network traffic
volume.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 2 MB.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

1K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

12 K

IPv6 ACL

512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

6K

ARP

8K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-49 shows indicators on the ES0DG24TFA00 panel.
Figure 5-49 Appearance of the ES0DG24TFA00 panel
1 2

RUN/ALM

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-86 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0DG24TFA00 panel.


Table 5-86 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES0DG24TFA00 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-50 shows ports on the ES0DG24TFA00 panel.
Figure 5-50 Appearance of the ES0DG24TFA00 panel

1
1: Twenty-four 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-87 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-87 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3ab and IEEE802.3AZ

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-88 describes specifications of the ES0DG24TFA00.
Table 5-88 Specifications of the ES0DG24TFA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.20 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 32 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-89 lists ES0DG24TFA00 order information.
Table 5-89 ES0DG24TFA00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(FA, RJ45)

ES0DG24TFA00

5.7.6 ES0D0G48T-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card (RJ45)


The 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0G48TA00: 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (EA, RJ45)

ES0D0G48TC00: 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (EC, RJ45)

ES1D2G48TED0: 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (ED,RJ45)

ES0DG48TFA00: 48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (FA, RJ45)

Introduction
The ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00 provide 48
GE electrical ports for data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-90 lists their differences.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-90 Differences among the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and


ES0DG48TFA00
Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0G48TA00

32K

ES0D0G48TC00

128K

ES1D2G48TED0

512K

ES0DG48TFA00

32K

NOTE

The sizes of the MAC address tables of both the ES0D0G48TA00 and ES0DG48TFA00 are 32K. The
ES0DG48TFA00 consumes less power than the ES0D0G48TA00.

The ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00 can be


installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-51 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48TA00.
Figure 5-51 Appearance of the ES0D0G48TA00

Figure 5-52 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48TC00.


Figure 5-52 Appearance of the ES0D0G48TC00

Figure 5-53 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48TC00 and ES1D2G48TED0.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-53 Appearance of the ES1D2G48TED0

Figure 5-54 shows the appearance of the ES0DG48TFA00.


Figure 5-54 Appearance of the ES0DG48TFA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-91 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48T.
Table 5-91 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48T
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G48TA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48TA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D0G48TC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48TC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES1D2G48TED0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G48TED0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

ES0DG48TFA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48TFA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-92 describes functions and features of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00,


ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00.
Table 5-92 Functions and features of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00,
ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00
Functions and Features

Description

Basic function

Provides 48 GE electrical ports for data


access and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

l ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, and


ES1D2G48TED0: supports a buffer of 4
MB.
l ES0DG48TFA00: supports a buffer of 2
MB.

Software feature

ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, and


ES1D2G48TED0 support NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

l ES0D0G48TA00 and ES0DG48TFA00:


32K
l ES0D0G48TC00: 128K
l ES1D2G48TED0: 512K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0G48TA00: 6K for inbound traffic;


1K for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G48TC00: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48TED0: 70K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES0DG48TFA00: 1.5K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0G48TA00: 16 K
l ES0D0G48TC00: 128 K
l ES1D2G48TED0: 512 K
l ES0DG48TFA00: 12 K

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Functions and Features

Description

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0G48TA00: 3K for inbound traffic;


256 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G48TC00: 35K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48TED0: 67K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES0DG48TFA00: 512 for inbound
traffic; 128 for outbound traffic

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0G48TA00: 8 K
l ES0D0G48TC00: 64 K
l ES1D2G48TED0: 256 K
l ES0DG48TFA00: 6 K

ARP

l ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00 and,


ES1D2G48TED0: 16 K
l ES0DG48TFA00: 8 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-55 shows indicators on the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0,
and ES0DG48TFA00 panels.
Figure 5-55 Appearance of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and
ES0DG48TFA00 panels
3

Table 5-93 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00,


ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00 panels.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-93 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00,


ES1D2G48TED0, and ES0DG48TFA00 panels
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-56 shows ports on the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and
ES0DG48TFA00 panels.
Figure 5-56 Appearance of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and
ES0DG48TFA00 panels

1: Forty-eight 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive Ethernet services.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-94 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-94 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-95 lists specifications of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0,
and ES0DG48TFA00.
Table 5-95 Specifications of the ES0D0G48TA00, ES0D0G48TC00, ES1D2G48TED0, and
ES0DG48TFA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0G48TA00: 2.50 kg
ES0D0G48TC00: 2.66 kg
ES1D2G48TED0: 2.66 kg
ES0DG48TFA00: 2.50 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0G48TA00: 62 W
ES0D0G48TC00: 68 W
ES1D2G48TED0: 98 W
ES0DG48TFA00: 48 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-96 lists ES0D0G48T order information.
Table 5-96 ES0D0G48T order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(EA, RJ45)

ES0D0G48TA00

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(EC, RJ45)

ES0D0G48TC00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(ED, RJ45)

ES1D2G48TED0

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(FA, RJ45)

ES0DG48TFA00

5.7.7 ES1D2G48TBC0-48-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card


(BC, RJ45)
Introduction
The ES1D2G48TBC0 provides forty-eight 10M/100M/1000M Ethernet electrical ports for data
access and line-speed switching, and supports 50 Gbit/s traffic management.
The can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-57 shows the appearance of the ES1D2G48TBC0.
Figure 5-57 Appearance of the ES1D2G48TBC0

Version Mapping
Table 5-97 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2G48TBC0.
Table 5-97 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2G48TBC0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2G48TBC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G48TBC0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Application
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The ES1D2G48TBC0 and ES1D2G48SBC0 of the S7700 have a large buffer capacity. The 1.25
GB buffer capacity on each port of the cards achieves 200 ms buffering, which prevents packet
loss caused by traffic bursts on a network. When the network is congested and traffic bursts
occur, the large-buffer cards can effectively buffer traffic on ports. The large buffer capacity,
combined with QoS traffic shaping, ensures even, stable traffic transmission on a congested,
unstable network. These cards prevent packet loss while reducing congestion and traffic bursts
on upstream devices.
The large-buffer cards are applicable to data center networks and video networks:
l

When used on a data center network, these cards ensure fast, stable, and low-latency data
forwarding.

When used on a video network, these cards can avoid voice/image distortion, delay, or
asynchronous image and voice presence caused by packet loss and transmission latency,
guaranteeing high-quality video conferences.

The following uses the collaborative computing scenario as an example to describe application
of these cards in a data center.
Complicated computing tasks, such as search engine computing, oil exploration computing, and
meteorological computing, must be carried out by multiple servers simultaneously. In this
situation, the servers perform collaborative computing. Collaborative computing results in fast
transmission of data flows on a network and even traffic bursts when multiple servers send
computing data to one server at the same time. When traffic bursts occur, packets will be dropped
on network nodes due to congestion, as shown in Figure 5-58.
Figure 5-58 Traffic bursts caused by collaborative computing in EoR deployment

Router
Core switch

Congestion
point
Data flow
Stack

Aggregation
switch

Server
As shown in Figure 5-59, all switches from the end of row (EoR) switches to core switches in
a data center are equipped with large-buffer cards. These large-buffer cards avoid packet loss
caused by traffic bursts in the data center.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-59 Large-buffer cards deployed in a data center

Large-buffer
card
deployed

Router
Core switch

Stack

Aggregation
switch

Server

Functions and Features


Table 5-98 describes functions and features of the ES1D2G48TBC0.
Table 5-98 Functions and features of the ES1D2G48TBC0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides forty-eight 10M/100M/1000M


Ethernet electrical ports for data access and
line-speed switching.
Supports 50 Gbit/s traffic management.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 1.25 GB.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

MAC

128K

IPv4 ACL

38K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

128 K
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

IPv6 ACL

35K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

64 K

ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-60 shows indicators on the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel.
Figure 5-60 Appearance of the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel
1 2

RUN/ALM

Table 5-99 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel.


Table 5-99 Description of buttons and indicators on the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-61 shows ports on the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel.
Figure 5-61 Appearance of the ES1D2G48TBC0 panel

1: Forty-eight 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive Ethernet services.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports


Table 5-100 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.
Table 5-100 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-101 describes specifications of the ES1D2G48TBC0.


Table 5-101 Specifications of the ES1D2G48TBC0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.90 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 160 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-102 lists ES1D2G48TBC0 order information.


Table 5-102 ES1D2G48TBC0 order information
Card Name

Card Model

48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card


(BC, RJ45)

ES1D2G48TBC0

5.7.8 ES0D0G48S-48-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (SFP)


The 48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0G48SA00: 48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (EA, SFP)

ES0D0G48SC00: 48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (EC, SFP)

ES1D2G48SED0: 48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (ED, SFP)

ES1D2G48SFA0: 48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card (FA, SFP)

Introduction
The ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0 provide 48
GE optical ports for data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-103 lists their differences.
Table 5-103 Differences among the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and
ES1D2G48SFA0
Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0G48SA00

32K

ES0D0G48SC00

128K

ES1D2G48SED0

512K

ES1D2G48SFA0

32K

NOTE

The sizes of the MAC address tables of both the ES0D0G48SA00 and ES1D2G48SFA0 are 32K. The
ES1D2G48SFA0 consumes less power than the ES0D0G48SA00.

The ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0 can be


installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-62 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48SA00.
Figure 5-62 Appearance of the ES0D0G48SA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-63 shows the appearance of the ES0D0G48SC00.


Figure 5-63 Appearance of the ES0D0G48SC00

Figure 5-64 shows the appearance of the ES1D2G48SED0.


Figure 5-64 Appearance of the ES1D2G48SED0

Figure 5-65 shows the appearance of the ES1D2G48SFA0.


Figure 5-65 Appearance of the ES1D2G48SFA0

Version Mapping
Table 5-104 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48S.
Table 5-104 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0G48S
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G48SA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48SA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0G48SC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0G48SC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES1D2G48SED0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G48SED0 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

ES1D2G48SFA0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G48SFA0 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-105 describes functions and features of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00,
ES1D2G48SED0, ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0.
Table 5-105 Functions and features of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00,
ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides 48 GE optical ports for data access


and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

l ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, and


ES1D2G48SED0: supports a buffer of 4
MB.
l ES1D2G48SFA0: supports a buffer of 2
MB.

Software feature

ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, and


ES1D2G48SED0 support NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

MAC

l ES0D0G48SA00 and ES1D2G48SFA0:


32K
l ES0D0G48SC00: 128K
l ES1D2G48SED0: 512K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0G48SA00: 6K for inbound traffic;


1K for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G48SC00: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48SED0: 70K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48SFA0: 1.5K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0G48SA00: 16 K
l ES0D0G48SC00: 128 K
l ES1D2G48SED0: 512 K
l ES1D2G48SFA0: 12 K

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0G48SA00: 3K for inbound traffic;


256 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0G48SC00: 35K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48SED0: 67K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2G48SFA0:512 for inbound traffic;
128 for outbound traffic

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0G48SA00: 8 K
l ES0D0G48SC00: 64 K
l ES1D2G48SED0: 256 K
l ES1D2G48SFA0: 6 K

ARP

l ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, and


ES1D2G48SED0: 16 K
l ES1D2G48SFA0: 8 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-66 shows indicators on the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and
ES1D2G48SFA0 panels.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-66 Appearance of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and


ES1D2G48SFA0 panels
5

Table 5-106 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00,


ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0 panels.
Table 5-106 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00,
ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0 panels
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Port Description
Figure 5-67 shows ports on the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and
ES1D2G48SFA0 panels.
Figure 5-67 Appearance of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and
ES1D2G48SFA0 panels

1: Forty-eight 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive services.

100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports


Table 5-107 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.
Table 5-107 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (1)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about optical modules supported
by the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00,
ES1D2G48SED0, and ES1D2G48SFA0 and
their attributes, see Attributes of FE optical
modules, Attributes of GE optical
modules, Attributes of CWDM optical
modules, and Attributes of DWDM optical
modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-108 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.


Table 5-108 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (2)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP copper module used.


For details on the copper modules supported
by the card, see Attributes of a GE SFP
copper module.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-109 lists specifications of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0,
and ES1D2G48SFA0.
Table 5-109 Specifications of the ES0D0G48SA00, ES0D0G48SC00, ES1D2G48SED0, and
ES1D2G48SFA0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0G48SA00: 2.54 kg
ES0D0G48SC00: 2.66 kg
ES1D2G48SED0: 2.66 kg
ES1D2G48SFA0: 2.60 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0G48SA00: 75 W
ES0D0G48SC00: 92 W
ES1D2G48SED0: 110 W
ES1D2G48SFA0: 65 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-110 lists ES0D0G48S order information.
Table 5-110 ES0D0G48S order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(EA, SFP)

ES0D0G48SA00

48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(EC, SFP)

ES0D0G48SC00

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Card Name

Card Model

48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(ED, SFP)

ES1D2G48SED0

48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(FA, SFP)

ES1D2G48SFA0

5.7.9 ES1D2G48SBC0-48-Port 100/1000BASE-X Interface Card (BC,


SFP)
Introduction
The ES1D2G48SBC0 provides forty-eight 100M/1000M optical interfaces for data access and
line-speed switching and supports 50 Gbit/s traffic management.
The ES1D2G48SBC0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-68 shows the appearance of the ES1D2G48SBC0.
Figure 5-68 Appearance of the ES1D2G48SBC0

Version Mapping
Table 5-111 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2G48SBC0.
Table 5-111 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2G48SBC0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2G48SBC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2G48SBC0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-112 describes functions and features of the ES1D2G48SBC0.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-112 Functions and features of the ES1D2G48SBC0


Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides forty-eight 100M/1000M GE


optical ports for data access and line-speed
switching.
Supports 50 Gbit/s traffic management.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 1.25 GB.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

128K

IPv4 ACL

38K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

128 K

IPv6 ACL

35K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

64 K

ARP

16 K

Application
The ES1D2G48TBC0 and ES1D2G48SBC0 of the S7700 have a large buffer capacity. The 1.25
GB buffer capacity on each port of the cards achieves 200 ms buffering, which prevents packet
loss caused by traffic bursts on a network. When the network is congested and traffic bursts
occur, the large-buffer cards can effectively buffer traffic on ports. The large buffer capacity,
combined with QoS traffic shaping, ensures even, stable traffic transmission on a congested,
unstable network. These cards prevent packet loss while reducing congestion and traffic bursts
on upstream devices.
The large-buffer cards are applicable to data center networks and video networks:
l

When used on a data center network, these cards ensure fast, stable, and low-latency data
forwarding.

When used on a video network, these cards can avoid voice/image distortion, delay, or
asynchronous image and voice presence caused by packet loss and transmission latency,
guaranteeing high-quality video conferences.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The following uses the collaborative computing scenario as an example to describe application
of these cards in a data center.
Complicated computing tasks, such as search engine computing, oil exploration computing, and
meteorological computing, must be carried out by multiple servers simultaneously. In this
situation, the servers perform collaborative computing. Collaborative computing results in fast
transmission of data flows on a network and even traffic bursts when multiple servers send
computing data to one server at the same time. When traffic bursts occur, packets will be dropped
on network nodes due to congestion, as shown in Figure 5-69.
Figure 5-69 Traffic bursts caused by collaborative computing in EoR deployment

Router
Core switch

Congestion
point
Data flow
Stack

Aggregation
switch

Server
As shown in Figure 5-70, all switches from the end of row (EoR) switches to core switches in
a data center are equipped with large-buffer cards. These large-buffer cards avoid packet loss
caused by traffic bursts in the data center.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-70 Large-buffer cards deployed in a data center

Large-buffer
card
deployed

Router
Core switch

Stack

Aggregation
switch

Server

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-71 shows indicators on the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel.
Figure 5-71 Appearance of the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel
1234

RUN/ALM

Table 5-113 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel.


Table 5-113 Buttons and indicators on the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Color

Description

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-72 shows ports on the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel.
Figure 5-72 Appearance of the ES1D2G48SBC0 panel

1: Forty-eight 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive services.

100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports


Table 5-114 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-114 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (1)


Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about optical modules supported
by the ES1D2G48SBC0 and their attributes,
see Attributes of FE optical modules,
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-115 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port.


Table 5-115 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (2)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP copper module used.


For details on the copper modules supported
by the card, see Attributes of a GE SFP
copper module.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-116 describes specifications of the ES1D2G48SBC0.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-116 Specifications of the ES1D2G48SBC0


Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.90 kg (excluding the optical module)
l Maximum power consumption: 185 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-117 lists ES1D2G48SBC0 order information.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-117 ES1D2G48SBC0 order information


Card Name

Card Model

48-port 100/1000BASE-X interface card


(BC, SFP)

ES1D2G48SBC0

5.8 GE/10GE Interface Card


5.8.1 ES0D0T24XA00-24-Port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 2-Port
10GBASE-X Interface Card (EA, RJ45/XFP)
Introduction
The ES0D0T24XA00 provides 24 GE electrical ports and two 10GE optical ports for data access
and line-speed switching.
The ES0D0T24XA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-73 shows the appearance of the ES0D0T24XA00.
Figure 5-73 Appearance of the ES0D0T24XA00

Version Mapping
Table 5-118 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0T24XA00.
Table 5-118 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0T24XA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0T24XA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0T24XA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Functions and Features


Table 5-119 describes functions and features of the ES0D0T24XA00.
Table 5-119 Functions and features of the ES0D0T24XA00
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides 24 GE electrical ports and two 10GE


optical ports for data access and line-speed
switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

Supports IP session.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

6K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

16 K

IPv6 ACL

3K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

8K

ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-74 shows indicators on the ES0D0T24XA00 panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-74 Appearance of the ES0D0T24XA00 panel


3

12

Table 5-120 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0T24XA00 panel.


Table 5-120 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0T24XA00 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the upper
electrical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Link/ACT
indicators of
the lower
electrical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-75 shows ports on the ES0D0T24XA00 panel.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-75 Appearance of the ES0D0T24XA00 panel

1: Two 10GE BASE-XFP optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s services.
2: Twenty-four 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port


Table 5-121 lists attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port.
Table 5-121 Attributes of a 10M/100M/1000M BASE-T electrical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

RJ45

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Table 5-122 lists attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port.
Table 5-122 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

XFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the XFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0T24XA00 and their
attributes, see Attributes of 10GE optical
modules, Attributes of CWDM optical
modules, and Attributes of DWDM optical
modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Specifications
Table 5-123 lists specifications of the ES0D0T24XA00.
Table 5-123 Specifications of the ES0D0T24XA00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.30 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 53 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-124 lists order information about the ES0D0T24XA00.
Table 5-124 ES0D0T24XA00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

24-port 10/100/1000BASE-T and 2-port


10GBASE-X interface card (EA, RJ45/XFP)

ES0D0T24XA00

5.8.2 ES0D0S24X-24-Port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-Port 10GBASE-X


Interface Card (SFP/XFP)
24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-port 10GBASE-X interface cards are classified into the
following types:
l

ES0D0S24XA00: 24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EA,


SFP/XFP)

ES1D2S24XEC0: 24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EC,


SFP/XFP)

Introduction
The ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 provides 24 GE optical ports and two 10GE optical
ports for data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-125 lists their differences.
Table 5-125 Differences between the ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0
Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0S24XA00

32K

ES1D2S24XEC0

128K

The ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712,
S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-76 shows the appearance of the ES0D0S24XA00.
Figure 5-76 Appearance of the ES0D0S24XA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-77 shows the appearance of the ES1D2S24XEC0.


Figure 5-77 Appearance of the ES1D2S24XEC0

Version Mapping
Table 5-126 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0S24X.
Table 5-126 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0S24X
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0S24XA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0S24XA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES1D2S24XEC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2S24XEC0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-127 describes functions and features of the ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0.
Table 5-127 Functions and features of the ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides 24 GE optical ports and two 10GE


optical ports for data access and line-speed
switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

The ES0D0S24XA00 supports IP session.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

l ES0D0S24XA00: 32K
l ES1D2S24XEC0: 128K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0S24XA00: 6K for inbound traffic;


1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2S24XEC0: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0S24XA00: 16 K
l ES1D2S24XEC0: 128 K

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0S24XA00: 3K for inbound traffic;


256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2S24XEC0: 35K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0S24XA00: 8 K
l ES1D2S24XEC0: 64 K

ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-78 shows indicators on the ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 panel.
Figure 5-78 Appearance of the ES0D0S24XA00 panel
56

Table 5-128 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 panel.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-128 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 panel


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-79 shows ports on the ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 panel.
Figure 5-79 Appearance of the ES0D0S24XA00 or ES1D2S24XEC0 panel

1: Two 10GE BASE-XFP optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s services.
2: Twenty-four 100M/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive GE services.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

100M/1000M BASE-X optical port


Table 5-129 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port when the port uses the
optical module.
Table 5-129 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (1)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0S24XA00 or
ES1D2S24XEC0 and their attributes, see
Attributes of FE optical modules,
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-130 lists attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port when the port uses the
copper module.
Table 5-130 Attributes of a 100M/1000M BASE-X optical port (2)
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP copper module used.


For details on the copper modules supported
by the card, see Attributes of a GE SFP
copper module.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ab

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Table 5-131 lists attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-131 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Attribute

XFP Description

Connector type

XFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the XFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0S24XA00 and
ES1D2S24XEC0 and their attributes, see
Attributes of 10GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-132 lists specifications of the ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0.
Table 5-132 Specifications of the ES0D0S24XA00 and ES1D2S24XEC0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0S24XA00: 2.4 kg
ES1D2S24XEC0: 2.5 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0S24XA00: 65 W
ES1D2S24XEC0: 81 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-133 lists order information about the ES0D0S24X.
Table 5-133 ES0D0S24X order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-port


10GBASE-X interface card (EA, SFP/XFP)

ES0D0S24XA00

24-port 100/1000BASE-X and 2-port


10GBASE-X interface card (EC, SFP/XFP)

ES1D2S24XEC0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.9 10GE Interface Card


5.9.1 ES0D0X2UX-2-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (XFP)
The 2-port 10GBASE-X interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0X2UXA00: 2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EA, XFP)

ES0D0X2UXC00: 2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EC, XFP)

Introduction
The ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 provides two 10GE optical ports for data access
and line-speed switching. Table 5-134 lists their differences.
Table 5-134 Differences between the ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00
Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0X2UXA00

32K

ES0D0X2UXC00

128K

The ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712,
S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-80 shows the appearance of the ES0D0X2UXA00.
Figure 5-80 Appearance of the ES0D0X2UXA00

Figure 5-81 shows the appearance of the ES0D0X2UXC00.


Figure 5-81 Appearance of the ES0D0X2UXC00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Version Mapping
Table 5-135 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X2UX.
Table 5-135 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X2UX
Card Name

S9700 Chassis

ES0D0X2UXA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0X2UXA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D0X2UXC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0X2UXC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-136 describes functions and features of the ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00.
Table 5-136 Functions and features of the ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides two 10GE optical ports for data


access and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

Supports NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

l ES0D0X2UXA00: 32K
l ES0D0X2UXC00: 128K

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0X2UXA00: 6K for inbound


traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES0D0X2UXC00: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0X2UXA00: 16 K
l ES0D0X2UXC00: 128 K
l ES0D0X2UXA00: 3K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0X2UXC00: 35K for inbound


traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0X2UXA00: 8 K

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0X2UXC00: 64 K
ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-82 shows indicators on the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 panel.
Figure 5-82 Appearance of the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 panel
12

Table 5-137 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00


panel.
Table 5-137 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 panel

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-83 shows ports on the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 panel.
Figure 5-83 Appearance of the ES0D0X2UXA00 or ES0D0X2UXC00 panel

1: Two 10GE BASE-XFP optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s services.

10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Table 5-138 lists attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port.
Table 5-138 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

XFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the XFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0X2UXA00 and
ES0D0X2UXC00 and their attributes, see
Attributes of 10GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-139 lists specifications of the ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00.
Table 5-139 Specifications of the ES0D0X2UXA00 and ES0D0X2UXC00
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0X2UXA00: 2.14 kg
ES0D0X2UXC00: 2.26 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0X2UXA00: 52 W
ES0D0X2UXC00: 61 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

l RoHS
l REACH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Safety

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-140 lists order information about the ES0D0X2UX.
Table 5-140 ES0D0X2UX order information
Card Name

Card Model

2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EA, XFP)

ES0D0X2UXA00

2-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EC, XFP)

ES0D0X2UXC00

5.9.2 ES0D0X4UX-4-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (XFP)


The 4-port 10GBASE-X interface cards are classified into the following types:
l

ES0D0X4UXA00: 4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EA, XFP)

ES0D0X4UXC00: 4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EC, XFP)

ES1D2X04XED0: 4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (ED, XFP)

Introduction
The ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or ES1D2X04XED0 provides four 10GE optical
ports for data access and line-speed switching. Table 5-141 lists their differences.
Table 5-141 Differences among the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or ES1D2X04XED0

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

MAC Address Table Size

ES0D0X4UXA00

32K

ES0D0X4UXC00

128K

ES1D2X04XED0

512K

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

211

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

The ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, and ES1D2X04XED0 can be installed in any LPU


slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-84 shows the appearance of the ES0D0X4UXA00.
Figure 5-84 Appearance of the ES0D0X4UXA00

Figure 5-85 shows the appearance of the ES0D0X4UXC00.


Figure 5-85 Appearance of the ES0D0X4UXC00

Figure 5-86 shows the appearance of the ES1D2X04XED0.


Figure 5-86 Appearance of the ES1D2X04XED0

Version Mapping
Table 5-142 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X4UX.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-142 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X4UX
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0X4UXA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0X4UXA00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES0D0X4UXC00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0X4UXC00 is supported in
V100R003C01 and later versions.

ES1D2X04XED0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2X04XED0 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-143 describes functions and features of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, and
ES1D2X04XED0.
Table 5-143 Functions and features of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, and
ES1D2X04XED0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides four 10GE optical ports for data


access and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 4 MB.

Software feature

ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00
support NetStream.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

l ES0D0X4UXA00: 32K
l ES0D0X4UXC00: 128K
l ES1D2X04XED0: 512K

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

IPv4 ACL

l ES0D0X4UXA00: 6K for inbound


traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES0D0X4UXC00: 38K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES1D2X04XED0: 70K for inbound
traffic; 1K for outbound traffic
l ES0D0X4UXA00: 16 K

IPv4 FIB

l ES0D0X4UXC00: 128 K
l ES1D2X04XED0: 512 K
l ES0D0X4UXA00: 3K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic

IPv6 ACL

l ES0D0X4UXC00: 35K for inbound


traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES1D2X04XED0: 67K for inbound
traffic; 256 for outbound traffic
l ES0D0X4UXA00: 8 K

IPv6 FIB

l ES0D0X4UXC00: 64 K
l ES1D2X04XED0: 256 K
ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-87 shows indicators on the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or
ES1D2X04XED0 panel.
Figure 5-87 Appearance of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or ES1D2X04XED0
panel
12

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-144 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or


ES1D2X04XED0 panel.
Table 5-144 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or
ES1D2X04XED0 panel.
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-88 shows ports on the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or ES1D2X04XED0
panel.
Figure 5-88 Appearance of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, or ES1D2X04XED0
panel

1: Four 10GE BASE-XFP optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s services.

10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Table 5-145 lists attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-145 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-XFP optical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

XFP

Optical port attribute

Determined by the XFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0X4UXA00,
ES0D0X4UXC00, and ES1D2X04XED0
and their attributes, see Attributes of 10GE
optical modules, Attributes of CWDM
optical modules, and Attributes of DWDM
optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-146 lists specifications of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, and
ES1D2X04XED0.
Table 5-146 Specifications of the ES0D0X4UXA00, ES0D0X4UXC00, and ES1D2X04XED0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight:
ES0D0X4UXA00: 2.16 kg
ES0D0X4UXC00: 2.28 kg
ES1D2X04XED0: 2.30 kg
l Maximum power consumption:
ES0D0X4UXA00: 64 W
ES0D0X4UXC00: 75 W
ES1D2X04XED0: 76 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

216

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-147 lists order information about the ES0D0X4UX.
Table 5-147 ES0D0X4UX order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EA, XFP)

ES0D0X4UXA00

4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (EC, XFP)

ES0D0X4UXC00

4-port 10GBASE-X interface card (ED, XFP)

ES1D2X04XED0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

217

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.9.3 ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5-8-Port 10GBASE-X Interface


Card (ED, SFP+)
NOTE

The ES1D2X08SED4 and ES1D2X08SED5 differ from each other in that the ES1D2X08SED5 has gained
an FCC certificate but the ES1D2X08SED4 has not.

Introduction
The ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 provides eight 10GE BASE-X optical ports for data
access and line-speed switching.
The ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706,
or S7703.
Figure 5-89 shows the appearance of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5.
Figure 5-89 Appearance of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5

Version Mapping
Table 5-148 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X08SED4/
ES1D2X08SED5.
Table 5-148 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X08SED4/
ES1D2X08SED5
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2X08SED4

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2X08SED4 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

ES1D2X08SED5

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2X08SED5 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Functions and Features


Table 5-149 describes functions and features of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5.
Table 5-149 Functions and features of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides eight 10GE BASE-X optical ports


for data access and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 8 MB.

Software feature

Supports NetStream and service port-based


stacking.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

512K

IPv4 ACL

70K for inbound traffic; 1K for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

512 K

IPv6 ACL

67K for inbound traffic; 256 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

256 K

ARP

16 K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-90 shows indicators on the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-90 Appearance of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel

Table 5-150 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel.


Table 5-150 Buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-91 shows ports on the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-91 Appearance of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 panel

1: Eight 10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
services.

10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical port


10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports support 10GE and GE auto sensing. Table
5-151 lists attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port, and Table 5-152 lists attributes of a
10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port.
Table 5-151 Attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port
Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X08SED4/
ES1D2X08SED5 and their attributes, see
Attributes of GE optical modules,
Attributes of CWDM optical modules, and
Attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-152 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP+ optical module or


SFP+ high speed cables used.
For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X08SED4/
ES1D2X08SED5 and their attributes, see
Attributes of 10GE optical module (1),
Attributes of a 10GE optical module (2),
and Attributes of 10GE optical modules
(3).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

221

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-153 lists specifications of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5.
Table 5-153 Specifications of the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.5 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 198.1 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

l RoHS
l REACH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Safety

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-154 lists order information about the ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5.
Table 5-154 ES1D2X08SED4/ES1D2X08SED5 order information
Card Name

Card Model

8-port 10GBASE-X interface card (ED, SFP


+)

ES1D2X08SED4

8-port 10GBASE-X interface card (ED, SFP


+), FCC

ES1D2X08SED5

5.9.4 ES0D0X12SA00-12-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (SA, SFP


+)
Introduction
The ES0D0X12SA00 provides twelve 10GE BASE-X optical ports for data access and linespeed switching.
The ES0D0X12SA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-92 shows the appearance of the ES0D0X12SA00.
Figure 5-92 Appearance of the ES0D0X12SA00

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Version Mapping
Table 5-155 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X12SA00.
Table 5-155 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES0D0X12SA00
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES0D0X12SA00

Supported
NOTE
The ES0D0X12SA00 is supported in
V100R006C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-156 describes functions and features of the ES0D0X12SA00.
Table 5-156 Functions and features of the ES0D0X12SA00
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides twelve 10GE optical ports for data


access and line-speed switching.
NOTE
The V200R001C01 and later versions support
stacking through service interfaces.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 2 MB.

Software feature

Supports service port-based stacking.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

MAC

32K

IPv4 ACL

1.5K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

12 K

IPv6 ACL

512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

IPv6 FIB

6K

ARP

8K

Usage Constraints

CAUTION
The ES0D0X12SA00 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7703 and S7706 to provide linespeed switching. The ES0D0X12SA00 must be installed in slot 6 or slot 7 of the S7712 to provide
line-speed switching.

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-93 shows indicators on the ES0D0X12SA00 panel.
Figure 5-93 Appearance of the ES0D0X12SA00 panel
12

Table 5-157 describes buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X12SA00 panel.


Table 5-157 Buttons and indicators on the ES0D0X12SA00 panel

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-94 shows ports on the ES0D0X12SA00 panel.
Figure 5-94 Appearance of the ES0D0X12SA00 panel

1: Twelve 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s services.
NOTE

1 m or 10 m SFP+ high speed cables can be used as stack cables on stack ports.

10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port


Table 5-158 lists attributes of a 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port.
Table 5-158 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP+ optical module


used.
For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES0D0X12SA00 and their
attributes, see Attributes of 10GE optical
modules (1) and Attributes of 10GE optical
modules (3).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-159 lists specifications of the ES0D0X12SA00.
Table 5-159 Specifications of the ES0D0X12SA00.
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.30 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 85 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

l RoHS
l REACH

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

227

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

Safety

l IEC 60950-1
l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-160 lists order information about the ES0D0X12SA00.
Table 5-160 ES0D0X12SA00 order information
Card Name

Card Model

12-port 10GBASE-X interface card (SA, SFP


+)

ES0D0X12SA00

5.9.5 ES1D2X16SFC0 16-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, SFP+)


Introduction
The ES1D2X16SFC0 provides sixteen 1000M/10GE BASE-X optical ports for data access and
convergence switching.
The ES1D2X16SFC0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-95 shows the appearance of the ES1D2X16SFC0.
Figure 5-95 Appearance of the ES1D2X16SFC0

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Version Mapping
Table 5-161 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X16SFC0.
Table 5-161 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X16SFC0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2X16SFC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2X16SFC0 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-162 describes functions and features of the ES1D2X16SFC0.
Table 5-162 Functions and features of the ES1D2X16SFC0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides sixteen 10GE BASE-X optical ports


for data access and convergence switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 9 MB.

Software feature

Supports service port-based stacking.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

MAC

128K

IPv4 ACL

1K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

8K

IPv6 ACL

512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

4K

ARP

8K

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-96 shows indicators on the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel.
Figure 5-96 Appearance of the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel
1234

RUN/ALM

Table 5-163 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel.


Table 5-163 Buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Steady on: The card has failed.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-97 shows ports on the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel.
Figure 5-97 Appearance of the ES1D2X16SFC0 panel

1
1: Sixteen 10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
services.

10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical port


10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports support 10GE and GE auto sensing. Table
5-164 lists attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port, and Table 5-165 lists attributes of a
10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port.
Table 5-164 Attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X16SFC0 and their
attributes, see Attributes of GE optical
modules, Attributes of CWDM optical
modules, and Attributes of DWDM optical
modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3z

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

231

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-165 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP+ optical module or


SFP+ high speed cables used.
For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X16SFC0 and their
attributes, see Attributes of 10GE optical
modules (1) and Attributes of a 10GE
optical module (2).

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-166 lists specifications of the ES1D2X16SFC0.
Table 5-166 Specifications of the ES1D2X16SFC0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.60 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 150 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-167 lists order information about the ES1D2X16SFC0.
Table 5-167 ES1D2X16SFC0 order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

16-port 10GBASE-X interface card (FC, SFP


+)

ES1D2X16SFC0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.9.6 ES1D2X40SFC0 40-Port 10GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, SFP+)


Introduction
The ES1D2X40SFC0 provides forty 10GE BASE-X optical ports for data access and
convergence switching.
The ES1D2X40SFC0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-98 shows the appearance of the ES1D2X40SFC0.
Figure 5-98 Appearance of the ES1D2X40SFC0

Version Mapping
Table 5-168 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X40SFC0.
Table 5-168 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2X40SFC0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2X40SFC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2X40SFC0 is supported in
V200R001C00 and later versions.

Functions and Features


Table 5-169 describes functions and features of the ES1D2X40SFC0.
Table 5-169 Functions and features of the ES1D2X40SFC0

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides forty 1000M/10GE BASE-X


optical ports for data access and convergence
switching.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Function and Feature

Description

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 9 MB.

Software feature

Supports service port-based stacking.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

128K

IPv4 ACL

1K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

8K

IPv6 ACL

512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

4K

ARP

8K

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-99 shows indicators on the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel.
Figure 5-99 Appearance of the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel
1234

RUN/ALM

Table 5-170 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel.


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Table 5-170 Buttons and indicators on the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel


Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

ACT indicator
of the upper
optical ports

LINK indicator
of the lower
optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

LINK indicator
of the upper
optical ports

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

The card has been installed in the


chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-100 shows ports on the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel.
Figure 5-100 Appearance of the ES1D2X40SFC0 panel

1: Forty 10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive 10 Gbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
services.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

NOTE

l When a lot of cables are used, the cable divider may have insufficient space. In this case, deploy cables
in three layers. Cables cannot cross over each other. That is, cables are orderly placed in three layers
through the cable divider as shown in Figure 5-101.
l Cables affect laying of optical fibers. Therefore, you are not advised to use cables and optical fibers
together. If the cables and optical fibers are used together, connect the optical fibers to ports near the
left side of the cards and the cables to ports near the right side as shown in Figure 5-102.

Figure 5-101 Side view of the cable divider with 3-layer cabling

Figure 5-102 Cabling of optical fibers and SFP+ cables

10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical port


10GE BASE-SFP+/1000M BASE-X optical ports support 10GE and GE auto sensing. Table
5-171 lists attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port, and Table 5-172 lists attributes of a
10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port.
Table 5-171 Attributes of a 1000M BASE-X optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP optical module used.


For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X40SFC0 and their
attributes, see Attributes of a GE optical
module (100/1000 Mbit/s), Attributes of a
CWDM optical module (0.1 Gbit/s to 2.67
Gbit/s), and Attributes of a DWDM optical
module (0.1 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s).

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3z

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Attribute

Description

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Table 5-172 Attributes of a 10GE BASE-SFP+ optical port


Attribute

Description

Connector type

SFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the SFP+ optical module or


SFP+ high speed cables used.
For details about the optical modules
supported by the ES1D2X40SFC0 and their
attributes, see Attributes of a 10GE optical
module (1) and Attributes of a 10GE
optical module (2).

Standards compliance

IEEE 802.3ae

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Specifications
Table 5-173 lists specifications of the ES1D2X40SFC0.
Table 5-173 Specifications of the ES1D2X40SFC0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.90 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 183 W

Environment
parameters

l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C


l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)
l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Item

Description

EMC

l CISPR22 Class A
l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44

Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-174 lists order information about the ES1D2X40SFC0.
Table 5-174 ES1D2X40SFC0 order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

40-port 10GBASE-X interface card (FC, SFP


+)

ES1D2X40SFC0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

5.10 40GE Interface Card


5.10.1 ES1D2L02QFC0-2-Port 40GBASE-X Interface Card (FC, QSFP
+)
Introduction
The ES1D2L02QFC0 provides two 40GE optical ports for data access and line-speed switching.
The ES1D2L02QFC0 can be installed in any LPU slot of the S7712, S7706, or S7703.
Figure 5-103 shows the appearance of the ES1D2L02QFC0.
Figure 5-103 Appearance of the ES1D2L02QFC0

Version Mapping
Table 5-175 lists the switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2L02QFC0.
Table 5-175 Switch chassis and software versions matching the ES1D2L02QFC0
Card Name

S7700 Chassis

ES1D2L02QFC0

Supported
NOTE
The ES1D2L02QFC0 is supported in
V200R002C00 and later versions.

Application
A 40GE network can be established by installing 40GE cards on aggregation switches and core
switches, as shown in Figure 5-104.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Figure 5-104 40GE cards deployed on a campus network

Branch
Branch

Visitor

Eth-Trunk
Router

CSS
40GE line

Firewall
Data center
Core switch

Aggregation
switch

DMZ

AP

Access
switch

The S7700 supports 40 GE card ES1D2L02QFC0. A 40GE network with 40GE cards deployed
has the following advantages:
l

Provides higher bandwidth.

Is compatible with 10GE networks because a 40GE interface can be converted into four
10GE interfaces. This feature enables customers to seamlessly upgrade their 10GE
networks to 40GE networks.

Has a higher efficiency and lower packet loss ratio than a 40GE network established by
bundling four 10GE lines for load balancing.

The 40GE cards are used on networks that need to provide high bandwidth, for example, video
surveillance bearer networks and high-definition (HD) video conference bearer networks. The
following uses an HD video conference bearer network as an example to describe application
of 40GE cards.
Transmission of HD video and voice flows consumes high bandwidth on a network, especially
on the aggregation layer and core layer. Aggregation and core devices usually become
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

bottlenecks of the HD video conference bearer network. As shown in Figure 5-104, 40GE cards
are deployed on the aggregation layer and core layer to transmit HD video and voice flows faster,
more efficiently, with fewer packets lost. This deployment ensures sufficient bandwidth for the
HD video conference bearer network and ensures high quality of HD images and voice.

Functions and Features


Table 5-176 describes functions and features of the ES1D2L02QFC0.
Table 5-176 Functions and features of the ES1D2L02QFC0
Function and Feature

Description

Basic function

Provides two 40GE optical ports for data


access and line-speed switching.

Distributed forwarding

Uses a distributed data plane to forward data


concurrently.

Queue

Supports eight queues on each port.

Traffic scheduling

Supports PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and


PQ+DRR.

Buffer on each port

Supports a buffer of 9 MB.

Software feature

Supports service port-based stacking.

Jumbo frame

Supports a maximum of 12K jumbo frames.


The size of the jumbo frame can be set using
command lines.

MAC

128K

IPv4 ACL

1K for inbound traffic; 512 for outbound


traffic

IPv4 FIB

8K

IPv6 ACL

512 for inbound traffic; 128 for outbound


traffic

IPv6 FIB

4K

ARP

16 K

Usage Constraints

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

CAUTION
The ES1D2L02QFC0 can forward packets at line speed in any LPU slot of the S7703 and
S7706. The ES1D2L02QFC0 can forward packets at line speed in only slot 6 and slot 7 of the
S7712.

Indicators and Ports


Indicator Description
Figure 5-105 shows indicators on the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel.
Figure 5-105 Appearance of the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel

Table 5-177 describes buttons and indicators on the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel.


Table 5-177 Buttons and indicators on the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel
Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

ACT indicator
of optical ports

Yellow

Blinking: Data is being transmitted


or received on the port.

LINK indicator
of optical ports

Green

Steady on: The link is connected.

RUN/ALM:
running status
indicator

Green

Steady on: The card has been


powered on but the software is not
running.
Blinking once every 2s (0.5 Hz): The
system is running properly.
Blinking once every 0.25s (4 Hz):
The system is starting.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Number

Indicator/
Button

Color

Description

Red

Steady on: The card has failed.

Yellow

On: The card has been installed in


the chassis and powered on.

Port Description
Figure 5-106 shows ports on the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel.
Figure 5-106 Appearance of the ES1D2L02QFC0 panel

1: Two 40GE BASE-X optical ports to transmit and receive 40 Gbit/s services.

40GE BASE-X optical port


Table 5-178 lists attributes of a 40GE BASE-X optical port.
Table 5-178 Attributes of a 40GE BASE-X optical port

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Attribute

Description

Connector type

QSFP+

Optical port attribute

Determined by the QSFP+ optical module or


QSFP+ high-speed cables used. The
ES1D2L02QFC0 supports QSFP+ highspeed cables with the length of 1 m, 3 m, 5 m,
or 10 m.
For details on optical modules supported by
the ES1D2L02QFC0 and their attributes, see
Attributes of QSFP+ 40GE optical
modules.

Standards compliance

IEEE802.3ba

Frame format

Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, or
Ethernet_SNAP

Network protocol

IP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Specifications
Table 5-179 describes specifications of the ES1D2L02QFC0.
Table 5-179 Specifications of the ES1D2L02QFC0
Item

Description

Physical
specifications

l Dimensions (W x D x H): 394.7 mm x 426.8 mm x 35.1 mm


l Weight: 2.50 kg
l Maximum power consumption: 88 W
l Operating temperature: 0C to 45C

Environment
parameters

l Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 85% RH (non-condensing)


l Storage temperature: -40C to +70C
l Storage relative humidity: 0% RH to 95% RH (non-condensing)
l CISPR22 Class A

EMC

l CISPR24
l EN55022 Class A
l EN50024
l ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
l CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A
l ICES 003 Class A
l AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
l VCCI Class A
l IEC61000-6-2
l IEC61000-6-4
l IEC61000-4-2
l ITU-T K 20
l ITU-T K 21
l ITU-T K 44
Environmental
standard

l RoHS

Safety

l IEC 60950-1

l REACH

l EN 60950-1
l UL 60950-1
l CSA C22.2 No 60950-1
l AS/NZS 60950.1
l BS EN 60950-1

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

5 Cards

Order Information
To order products, contact the Huawei local office. To download the system software, visit the
Huawei Enterprise website (http://enterprise.huawei.com).
Table 5-180 lists ES1D2L02QFC0 order information.
Table 5-180 ES1D2L02QFC0 order information

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Card Name

Card Model

2-port 40GBASE-X interface card (FC,


QSFP+)

ES1D2L02QFC0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Cables

About This Chapter


6.1 DC Power Cable
6.2 AC Power Cable
6.3 Ground Cable of the Chassis and Cabinet
6.4 Console Cable
6.5 Ethernet Cable
6.6 High-Speed Cable
6.7 Optical Fiber

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

6.1 DC Power Cable


Types of DC Power Cables
The DC power cables of the S7700 include power cables out of the cabinet (external DC power
cables) and power cables in the cabinet (internal DC power cables).
l

An external DC power cable transmits power from the power distribution frame to the
power distribution box in the cabinet. The external DC power cables include a -48 V power
cable and a power ground cable RTN.

An internal DC power cable transmits power from the power distribution box to the chassis
in the cabinet. The internal DC power cables include a -48 V power cable and a power
ground cable RTN.

Appearance and Structure


Figure 6-1 shows the structure of internal DC power cables.
Figure 6-1 Internal DC power cable

1. Single-line cord end terminal

2. OT bare crimp terminal

The terminals of the external DC power cables are determined according to the site survey.

Connection
A DC power cable is connected in the following way:
l

On end of an external DC power cable connects to the power distribution box in the cabinet
and the other end connects to the power distribution frame.

The OT terminal of an internal DC power cable connects to the power module of the chassis,
and the cord end terminal connects to the power distribution box in the cabinet.

6.2 AC Power Cable


Types of AC Power Cables
The AC power cables of the S7700 include the following types:
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

An external AC power cable transmits power from the power distribution frame to the
power distribution box in the cabinet.

An internal AC power cable transmits power from the power distribution box to the chassis
in the cabinet. 800 W AC power modules use 800 W AC power cables. 2200 W AC power
modules use 2200 W AC power cables.

Appearance and Structure


Figure 6-2 shows the appearance of an internal AC power cable.
Figure 6-2 Appearance of an internal AC power cable

NOTE

The AC power cables used in different countries and regions may have different specifications. Figure
6-2 shows the international standard AC power cable.
The power cables for 800 W power module and 2200 W power module have the same appearance but
different connectors:
l The power cables for the 800 W power modules use the C13-straight-female connectors.
l The power cables for the 2200 W power modules use the C19-straight-female connectors.

The terminals of the external AC power cables are determined according to the site survey.

Connection
An AC power cable is connected in the following way:
l

On end of an external AC power cable connects to the power distribution box in the cabinet
and the other end connects to the power distribution frame.

The connector of an internal AC power cable connects to the power module of the chassis
and the other end terminal connects to the power distribution box in the cabinet.

6.3 Ground Cable of the Chassis and Cabinet


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Appearance and Structure


Ground cables connect the chassis and cabinet to the ground. The ground cables from the front,
rear, and side panels of the cabinet have been correctly connected before the delivery.
The appearance of ground cable terminals is the same as that of the DC power cable terminals.
Figure 6-3 shows the appearance of a ground cable.
Figure 6-3 Appearance of a ground cable

6.4 Console Cable


Types of Console Cables
A console cable connects the S7700 console port to the serial port of a console to transmit
configuration data.
Console cables include the following types:
l

Shielded console cable

Unshielded console cable

Appearance and Structure


Figure 6-4 shows the structure of a console cable.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

250

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-4 Structure of a console cable

W1

1. Direction A

2. DB25 plug

3. Label

4. RJ45 connector

5. Direction B

6. Direction C

7. DB9 plug

W1. Communication cable

W2. Communication cable

Pin Assignments
Table 6-1 describes the pin assignments of a console cable.
Table 6-1 Pin assignments of a console cable
RJ45

Direction

DB25

DB9

Signal

--->

Clear to send (CTS)

--->

Data set ready (DSR)

--->

Receive data (RXD)

GND

GND

<---

Transmit data (TXD)

<---

20

Data terminal ready (DTR)

<---

Request to send (RTS)

Connection
One end of a console cable is an RJ45 connector that connects to the console port of the main
processing unit, and the other end that connects to the serial port of the computer has a DB9
connector and a DB25 connector. Connect either of the two connectors to the serial port
according to the actual situation.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

6.5 Ethernet Cable


Types of Ethernet Cables
Ethernet cables are classified into straight-through cables and crossover cables.

Structure
Straight-through cables and crossover cables are standard unshielded network cables that use
RJ45 connectors, as shown in Figure 6-5.
Figure 6-5 RJ45 connector

Pin Assignments
Table 6-2 describes pin assignments of a straight-through cable. Table 6-3 describes pin
assignments of a crossover cable.
Table 6-2 Pin assignments of a straight-through cable

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Connector
X1

Connector X2

Color

Relationship

X1.2

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.1

X2.1

White/Orange

X1.6

X2.6

Green

X1.3

X2.3

White/Green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White/Blue

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White/Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

252

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Table 6-3 Pin assignments of a crossover cable


Connector
X1

Connector X2

Color

Relationship

X1.6

X2.2

Orange

Twisted pair

X1.3

X2.1

White/Orange

X1.2

X2.6

Green

X1.1

X2.3

White/Green

X1.4

X2.4

Blue

X1.5

X2.5

White/Blue

X1.8

X2.8

Brown

X1.7

X2.7

White/Brown

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Twisted pair

Connection
A straight-through cable connects Ethernet ports between the following devices:
l

A router and a hub

A router and an Ethernet switch

A computer and an Ethernet switch

A computer and a hub

A crossover cable connects Ethernet ports between the following devices:


l

Two routers

A router and a computer

Two hubs

A hub and a switch

Two switches

Two computers

6.6 High-Speed Cable


Types of High-Speed Cables
High-speed cables are classified into three types, as described in Table 6-4.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Table 6-4 Types of high-speed cables


Cable Type

Connector Type

Specifications

Cabling
Requirements

SFP+-SFP+ highspeed cable

Both ends have a


10GE SFP+ (LC)
connector.

l 1 m SFP+ highspeed cable


l 3 m SFP+ highspeed cable

l Minimum
clearance for
cable routing: 46
mm

l 10 m SFP+ active
high-speed cable

l Minimum bend
radius: 30 mm

l 1 m QSFP+QSFP+ highspeed cable

l Minimum
clearance for
cable routing:
77.8 mm

QSFP+-QSFP+
high-speed cable

Both ends have a


40GE QSFP+ (MPO)
connector.

l 3 m QSFP+QSFP+ highspeed cable

l Minimum bend
radius: 50.8 mm

l 5 m QSFP+QSFP+ highspeed cable


l 10 m QSFP+QSFP+ highspeed cable
QSFP+-4*SFP+
high-speed cable

One end has a 40GE


QSFP+ (MPO)
connector, and the
other end has four
10GE SFP+ (LC)
connectors.

l 1 m QSFP
+-4*SFP+ highspeed cable
l 3 m QSFP
+-4*SFP+ highspeed cable
l 5 m QSFP
+-4*SFP+ highspeed cable

1 m and 3 m cables:
l Minimum
clearance for
cable routing: 47
mm
l Minimum bend
radius: 25 mm
5 m cables:
l Minimum
clearance for
cable routing: 72
mm
l Minimum bend
radius: 50 mm

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

CAUTION
Do not reversely insert QSFP+ cable plugs. The side that the handle of a QSFP+ cable plug
locates is the front panel, as shown in Figure 6-6. Keep the front panel down when inserting the
QSFP+ cable plug to a port on a stack card. Keep the front panel up when inserting the QSFP+
cable plug to another port.
The two ends of a QSFP+ high-speed cable are covered by the electrostatic discharge (ESD)
caps.

Figure 6-6 QSFP+ cable plug

Appearance and Structure


Figure 6-7 shows the appearance of an SFP+-SFP+ high-speed cable.
Figure 6-7 Appearance of an SFP+-SFP+ high-speed cable

Figure 6-8 shows the appearance of a QSFP+-QSFP+ high-speed cable.


Figure 6-8 Appearance of a QSFP+-QSFP+ high-speed cable

Figure 6-9 shows the appearance of a QSFP+-4*SFP+ high-speed cable.


Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-9 Appearance of a QSFP+-4*SFP+ high-speed cable

Figure 6-10 shows the structure of an SFP+-SFP+ high-speed cable.


Figure 6-10 Structure of an SFP+-SFP+ high-speed cable
X2

X1

Figure 6-11 shows the structure of a QSFP+-QSFP+ high-speed cable.


Figure 6-11 Structure of a QSFP+-QSFP+ high-speed cable
Front view:

X1

X2

Rear view:

X2

X1

Figure 6-12 shows the structure of a QSFP+-4*SFP+ high-speed cable.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

256

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-12 Structure of a QSFP+-4*SFP+ high-speed cable

X1

X2

Amphenol
B

6.7 Optical Fiber


Types of Optical Fibers
Optical fibers are classified into single-mode fibers and multimode fibers.
l

Single-mode fibers have a diameter of 5-10 um and transmit laser in one mode under a
specified wavelength. These fibers support a wide frequency band and a large transmission
capacity, so they are used for long-distance transmission. Most single-mode fibers are
yellow, as shown in Figure 6-14.

Multimode fibers have a diameter of 50 um or 62.5 um and transmit laser in multiple modes
under a specified wavelength. These fibers have a lower transmission capacity than singlemode fibers and are used for short-distance transmission. Most multimode fibers are orange,
as shown in Figure 6-16.

Optical Connector
Optical connectors are used to connect optical fibers of the same type. Table 6-5 lists common
optical connectors.
Table 6-5 Common optical connectors

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Connector
Type

Optical Connector

Square
connector

SC/PC
connector

LC/PC
connector

MTRJ/PC
connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

MPO connector

257

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Connector
Type

Optical Connector

Round
connector

FC/PC
connector

ST/PC
connector

Figure 6-13 shows the appearance of an LC/PC optical connector.


Figure 6-13 Appearance of an LC/PC optical connector

CAUTION
When connecting or removing an LC/PC optical connector, align the connector with the optical
interface and do not rotate the fiber. Pay attention to the following points:
l To connect a fiber, align the head of the fiber jumper with the optical interface and insert the
optical fiber into the interface gently.
l To remove a fiber, press the latch on the connector and pull the fiber out.

Fiber Jumper
A fiber jumper consists of a length of a single fiber or multiple fibers with optical connectors at
each end. The fiber jumper is a fiber patch cable used for the connection between a switch and
optical fiber link. A fiber jumper usually connects the optical module and the fiber terminal box.
Figure 6-14 shows the appearance of a single-mode fiber jumper with LC/PC connectors.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

258

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-14 Appearance of a single-mode fiber jumper with LC/PC connectors

Figure 6-15 shows the appearance of a single-mode fiber jumper with SC/PC connectors.
Figure 6-15 Appearance of a single-mode fiber jumper with SC/PC connectors

Figure 6-16 shows the appearance of a multimode fiber jumper with SC/PC connectors.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

259

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-16 Appearance of a multimode fiber jumper with SC/PC connectors

Figure 6-17 shows the appearance of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors.
Figure 6-17 Appearance of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors

Figure 6-18 shows the appearance of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

260

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-18 Appearance of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors

Fiber jumpers are selected based on the following rules:


1.

Determine the length of fiber jumpers based on the site cabling distance.

2.

Determine the fiber type based on the optical module type.


l Use a multimode fiber jumper for a multimode optical module.
l Use a single-mode fiber jumper for a single-mode optical module.

3.

Determine the optical connector type based on the type of interfaces.


Ensure that the type of optical connector at each end of a fiber jumper is the same as the
type of corresponding interface.

Figure 6-19 shows the structure of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors.
Figure 6-19 Structure of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors

X2

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

X1

12

11

10

10

11

12

1
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

261

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Figure 6-20 shows the structure of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors.
Figure 6-20 Structure of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors

X1
1A
1B
2A
2B

X2

4A
4B

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Table 6-6 describes the pin assignments of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors.
Table 6-6 Pin assignments of a fiber jumper with MPO-MPO connectors

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Connector Type

Wire Color

X1 Pin

Blue

Orange

Green

Brown

Gray

10

White

10

11

Red

11

12

Black

12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

262

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

6 Cables

Table 6-7 describes the pin assignments of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors.
Table 6-7 Pin assignments of a fiber jumper with MPO-4*LC connectors
Connector Type

Wire Color

X1 Pin

Blue

1A

Orange

2A

Green

3A

Brown

4A

Gray

4B

10

White

3B

11

Red

2B

12

Black

1B

Fiber Pigtail
A fiber pigtail is an optical fiber that has an optical connector on one end and a length of exposed
fiber at the other end. The exposed fiber can be fused to connect to another optical fiber. Fiber
pigtails are commonly used to connect optical fibers to optical fiber modules in fiber terminal
boxes (couplers and jumpers are also used). Figure 6-21 shows the structure of a fiber pigtail.
Figure 6-21 Structure of a fiber pigtail

Fiber pigtails are classified into single-mode and multimode fiber pigtails and are used for shortdistance connections. Multimode fiber pigtails are orange, and their wavelength is 850 nm.
Single-mode fiber pigtails are yellow, and their wavelength is 1310 nm or 1550 nm.

Fiber Adapter
A fiber adapter (also called flange) is a fiber connection component. Fiber adapters are widely
used in the optical distribution frames (ODF), fiber transmission equipment, and instrument.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

263

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

About This Chapter


NOTE

l In this document, optical modules are classified based on encapsulation types, and optical modules of
each encapsulation type are classified based on interface rates.
l Appearances of optical modules in this document are only for reference, and appearances of actually
delivered optical modules may differ.

7.1 Concepts
7.2 SFP/eSFP Modules
7.3 SFP+ Modules
7.4 XFP Modules
7.5 QSFP+ Modules
7.6 Huawei Certification

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

264

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

7.1 Concepts
Appearance and Structure
Figure 7-1 shows the appearance of an optical module.
Figure 7-1 Appearance of an optical module

8
7

4
1 3 2
1. Handle

2. Receiver

3. Transmitter

4. Shell

5. Label

6. Dust cap

7. Spring

8. Module connector

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

265

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Terms
Encapsulation type

Encapsulation type of an optical module. Encapsulation types of optical modules include


SFP, eSFP, SFP+, XFP, QSFP+, CXP, and CFP, as described in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1 Encapsulation types of optical modules
Encapsul
ation
Type

Description

Optical Module

SFP

Small form-factor pluggable.

FE optical module

eSFP

Enhanced small form-factor


pluggable. An eSFP module is an
SFP module that supports
monitoring of voltage, temperature,
bias current, transmit optical
power, and receive optical power.
Sometimes, eSFP is called SFP.

FE optical module
(including the single-fiber
bidirectional optical module)
GE optical module
(including the single-fiber
bidirectional optical module)
POS optical module
GE CWDM optical module
GE DWDM optical module
GE copper module

SFP+

Small form-factor pluggable plus,


SFP with a higher rate. SFP+
modules are more sensitive to
electromagnetic interference (EMI)
because they have a higher rate. To
reduce EMI, SFP+ modules have
more springs than SFP modules and
the cages for SFP+ modules on a
card are tighter.

10GE optical module

XFP

10-GB small form-factor pluggable


transceiver, 10GE optical module.
X is the Roman numeral 10,
indicating 10G. All XFP modules
are 10G optical modules.

10GE optical module

Quad SFP+, four-channel SFP+.

40GE optical module

QSFP+

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10GE CWDM optical module


10GE DWDM optical module

266

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Wavelength division
multiplexing module

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

A wavelength division multiplexing module is an O/E converter used on a multiplexed


optical link. Compared with common optical modules, wavelength division multiplexing
modules are available in more types. There are several dozens of wavelength division
multiplexing modules with different central wavelengths.
Wavelength division multiplexing modules are classified into two types: coarse
wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) module and dense wavelength division
multiplexing (DWDM) module. There are more types of DWDM modules than CWDM
modules within a wavelength range, so DWDM modules use spectrum resources.
Optical signals with different central wavelengths can transmit in the same fiber without
interfering with each other. Optical outputs with different central wavelengths are
combined into one input by an optical multiplexer, so less fibers are needed.

Transmission distance

Maximum distance over which optical signals can transmit. Optical signals sent from
different types of sources can transmit over different distances due to negative effects of
optical fibers, such as dispersion and attenuation.

Interface rate

Maximum rate of electrical signals that an optical device can transmit without bit errors.
The interface rates defined in Ethernet standards include 125 Mbit/s, 1.25 Gbit/s, 10.3125
Gbit/s, and 41.25 Gbit/s.

Center wavelength

Wavelength measured at the midpoint of the half-amplitude line in the transmit spectrum.

Fiber mode

Mode of fibers defining based on core diameters and features of optical fibers. Optical
fibers are classified into single-mode fibers and multimode fibers. Generally, multimode
fibers have large core diameters and severe dispersion, so they transmit optical signals
over short distances when working with multimode optical modules. Single-mode fibers
have small dispersion and can transmit optical signals over long distances when working
with single-mode optical modules.

Pattern bandwidth

Bandwidth measured at a point with transmit power several dB lower than that of the
point with the peak center wavelength. Pattern bandwidth reflects spectrum
characteristics of an optical module.

Fiber diameter

Diameter of the core of a fiber. According to international standards for optical fibers,
the diameter of a multimode fiber is 62.5 um or 50 um, and the diameter of a singlemode fiber is 9 um.

Fiber class

Optical signals with different wavelengths have their best working windows in different
optical fibers. To help efficiently adjust wavelengths or dispersion features of optical
fibers and change their refractive indexes, the following classes are defined: multimode
fiber (G.651), common single-mode fiber (G.652), shifted dispersion fiber (G.653), and
non-zero shifted dispersion fiber (G.655). G.651 and G.652 are commonly used fiber
classes.

Connector type

Type of the interface on an optical module to accommodate a fiber. Commonly used


connector types are LC (applicable to all the SFP, SFP+, and XFP modules), SC, and
MPO (applicable to 150 m QSFP+ and CXP modules).

Transmit optical power Output optical power of an optical module when it is working properly.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

267

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Minimum average input optical power that the receiver of an optical module can receive
within a range of bit error rate (BER = 10 to 12).

Overload optical power Maximum average input optical power that the receiver of an optical module can receive
within a range of bit error rate (BER = 10 to 12).
Extinction ratio

Minimum ratio of the average optical power with signals transmitted against the average
optical power without signals transmitted in complete modulation mode. The extinction
ratio indicates the capability of an optical module to identify signal 0 and signal 1.

7.2 SFP/eSFP Modules


Appearance
Figure 7-2 shows the appearance of an SFP/eSFP optical module.
Figure 7-2 Appearance of an SFP/eSFP optical module

FE Optical Module
Table 7-2 and Table 7-3 list the attributes of FE optical modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

268

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-2 Attributes of FE optical modules


Model

Transm
ission
Distanc
e (km)

Standard

Fiber Type

Operat
ing
Tempe
rature

SFP-FE-SX-MM1310
(SFP optical module)

100base-FX

l Fiber mode:
multimode

0C to
70C

l Core diameter:
62.5/125
l Connector type: LC
eSFP-FE-LX-SM1310

15

S-SFP-FE-LH40SM1310

40

S-SFP-FE-LH80SM1550

80

SFP-FE-LX-SM1310BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

15

l Fiber mode: singlemode


l Connector type: LC

100base-LX

100base-BX

SFP-FE-LX-SM1550BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

Table 7-3 Optical parameters of FE optical modules


Model

Center
Wavele
ngth
(nm)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivity
(dBm)

Overload
Optical
Power
(dBm)

Extinct
ion
Ratio
(dB)

SFP-FE-SX-MM1310
(SFP optical module)

1310

-19.0 to
-14.0

-30.0

-14.0

10

eSFP-FE-LX-SM1310

-15.0 to -8.0

-31.0

-8.0

8.2

S-SFP-FE-LH40SM1310

-5.0 to 0

-37.0

-10.0

10.5

S-SFP-FE-LH80SM1550

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

1550

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

269

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Model

Center
Wavele
ngth
(nm)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivity
(dBm)

Overload
Optical
Power
(dBm)

Extinct
ion
Ratio
(dB)

SFP-FE-LX-SM1310BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1550/
TX1310

-15.0 to -8.0

-32.0

-8.0

8.5

SFP-FE-LX-SM1550BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1310/
TX1550

GE Optical Module
Table 7-4 and Table 7-5 list the attributes of GE optical modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

270

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-4 Attributes of GE optical modules


Model

Transm
ission
Distanc
e (km)

Standard

Fiber Type

Opera
ting
Temp
eratur
e

eSFP-GE-SX-MM850

0.5

1000base-SX

l Fiber mode:
multimode

0C to
70C

l Pattern bandwidth:
400 MHz*km
l Core diameter: 50
m
l Connector type:
LC
SFP-GE-LX-SM1310

10

1000base-LX/LH

S-SFP-GE-LH40SM1310

40

1000base-LX/LH

S-SFP-GE-LH40SM1550

1000base-LX/LH

S-SFP-GE-LH80SM1550

80

1000base-ZX

eSFP-GE-ZX100SM1550

100

1000base-ZX

SFP-GE-LX-SM1310BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

10

1000base-BX

SFP-GE-LX-SM1490BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)
LE2MGSC40DE0
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)
LE2MGSC40ED0
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

l Fiber mode: singlemode


l Connector type:
LC

1000base-BX

40

1000base-BX

1000base-BX

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

271

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-5 Optical parameters of GE optical modules


Model

Center
Wavele
ngth
(nm)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivity
(dBm)

Overload
Optical
Power
(dBm)

Extinct
ion
Ratio
(dB)

eSFP-GE-SX-MM850

850

-9.5 to -2.5

-17.0

SFP-GE-LX-SM1310

1310

-9.0 to -3.0

-20.0

-3.0

S-SFP-GE-LH40SM1310

1310

-5.0 to 0

-23

-3.0

S-SFP-GE-LH40SM1550

1550

-5.0 to 0

-22

-3.0

8.5

S-SFP-GE-LH80SM1550

1550

-2.0 to 5.0

-23.0

-3.0

eSFP-GE-ZX100SM1550

1550

0 to 5

-30.0

-9.0

SFP-GE-LX-SM1310BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1490/
TX1310

-9.0 to -3.0

-19.5

-3.0

SFP-GE-LX-SM1490BIDI
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1310/
TX1490

-9.0 to -3.0

-19.5

-3.0

LE2MGSC40DE0
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1490/
TX1310

-2.0 to 3.0

-23

-3.0

LE2MGSC40ED0
(Single-fiber
bidirectional optical
module)

RX1310/
TX1490

-2.0 to 3.0

-23

-3.0

POS Optical Module


Table 7-6 and Table 7-7 list the attributes of POS optical modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

272

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-6 Attributes of POS optical modules


Model

Transmi
ssion
Distance
(km)

Fiber Type

Operating
Temperature

eSFPSM1310-155M2.5G-15km

15

l Fiber mode: single-mode

0C to 70C

eSFP-1310nmL-16.1

40

eSFP-1550nmL-16.2

80

l Connector type: LC

Table 7-7 Optical parameters of POS optical modules


Model

Center
Wavele
ngth
(nm)

Usage
Scenario
(Service
Rate)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivit
y (dBm)

Overl
oad
Optic
al
Powe
r
(dBm
)

Extinct
ion
Ratio
(dB)

eSFPSM1310-155M2.5G-15km

1310

2.5 Gbit/s

-5.0 to 0

-21.0

8.2

622 Mbit/
s

-15.0 to -8.0

-31.0

-8.0

155 Mbit/
s

-15.0 to -8.0

-31.0

-8.0

2.5 Gbit/s

-2.0 to 3.0

-30.0

-9.0

622 Mbit/
s

-3.0 to 2.0

-30.0

-8.0

155 Mbit/
s

-5.0 to 0

-37.0

-10.0

2.5 Gbit/s

-2.0 to 3.0

-30.0

-9.0

622 Mbit/
s

-3.0 to 2.0

-30.0

-8.0

155 Mbit/
s

-5.0 to 0

-37.0

-10.0

eSFP-1310nmL-16.1

eSFP-1550nmL-16.2

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

1310

1550

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8.5

8.2

273

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

CWDM Optical Module


Table 7-8 lists the attributes of coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) optical
modules.
Table 7-8 Attributes of CWDM optical modules
Center
Wavel
ength
(nm),
Model

1471, eSFPLH80-SM1471

1491, eSFP-LH80SM1491

1511, eSFPLH80-SM1511

1531, eSFP-LH80SM1531

1551, eSFPLH80-SM1551

1571, eSFP-LH80SM1571

1591, eSFPLH80-SM1591

1611, eSFP-LH80SM1611

Specifi
cations

Encapsulation type: eSFP


Transmission distance: 80 km
Fiber type: single-mode, LC
Standard: CWDM
Operating temperature: 0C to 70C
l Transmit power: 0 dBm to 5.0 dBm
l Receiver sensitivity: -28.0 dBm
l Overload optical power: -9.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 8.5 dB

DWDM Optical Module


Table 7-9 lists the attributes of dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical
modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

274

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-9 Attributes of DWDM optical modules


Center
Wavel
ength
(nm),
Model

Specifi
cations

1529.55,
eSFP-LH120SM196.00

1530.33,
eSFP-LH120SM195.90

1531.12,
eSFP-LH120SM195.80

1531.90,
eSFP-LH120SM195.70

1532.68,
eSFPLH120SM195.60

1533.47,
eSFP-LH120SM195.50

1534.25,
eSFP-LH120SM195.40

1535.04,
eSFP-LH120SM195.30

1535.82,
eSFP-LH120SM195.20

1536.61,
eSFPLH120SM195.10

1537.40,
eSFP-LH120SM195.00

1538.19,
eSFP-LH120SM194.90

1538.98,
eSFP-LH120SM194.80

1539.77,
eSFP-LH120SM194.70

1540.56,
eSFPLH120SM194.60

1541.35,
eSFP-LH120SM194.50

1542.14,
eSFP-LH120SM194.40

1542.94,
eSFP-LH120SM194.30

1543.73,
eSFP-LH120SM194.20

1544.53,
eSFPLH120SM194.10

1545.32,
eSFP-LH120SM194.00

1546.12,
eSFP-LH120SM193.90

1546.92,
eSFP-LH120SM193.80

1547.72,
eSFP-LH120SM193.70

1548.51,
eSFPLH120SM193.60

1549.32,
eSFP-LH120SM193.50

1550.12,
eSFP-LH120SM193.40

1550.92,
eSFP-LH120SM193.30

1551.72,
eSFP-LH120SM193.20

1552.52,
eSFPLH120SM193.10

1553.33,
eSFP-LH120SM193.00

1554.13,
eSFP-LH120SM192.90

1554.94,
eSFP-LH120SM192.80

1555.75,
eSFP-LH120SM192.70

1556.55,
eSFPLH120SM192.60

1557.36,
eSFP-LH120SM192.50

1558.17,
eSFP-LH120SM192.40

1558.98,
eSFP-LH120SM192.30

1559.79,
eSFP-LH120SM192.20

1560.61,
eSFPLH120SM192.10

Encapsulation type: eSFP


Transmission distance: 120 km
Fiber type: single-mode, LC
Standard: DWDM
Operating temperature: 0C to 45C
l Transmit power: 0 dBm to 4.0 dBm
l Receiver sensitivity: -28.0 dBm
l Overload optical power: -8.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 8.2 dB

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

275

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

NOTE

The appearance of CWDM and DWDM optical modules is similar to that of common optical modules.
These optical modules are distinguished by their labels. In practice, the corresponding optical fibers are
labeled to distinguish the optical modules.

SFP Copper Module


Table 7-10 lists the attributes of a GE SFP copper module.
Table 7-10 Attributes of a GE SFP copper module
Model

Transmissio
n Distance
(km)

Connector
Type

Standard

Operating
Temperature

SFP-1000Ba
seT

0.1

RJ45

1000Base-T

-40C to +85C

7.3 SFP+ Modules


Appearance
Figure 7-3 shows the appearance of an SFP+ optical module.
Figure 7-3 Appearance of an SFP+ optical module

10GE Optical Module


Table 7-11, Table 7-12, and Table 7-13 list the attributes of 10GE optical modules.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

276

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-11 Attributes of 10GE optical modules (1)


Model

Tran
smis
sion
Dist
ance
(km)

Standar
d

Fiber Type

Interface Optical
Parameters

Operati
ng
Temper
ature

OMXD30
000

0.3

10Gbase
-SR

l Fiber mode:
multimode

l Center
wavelength: 850
nm

0C to
70C

l Pattern bandwidth:
2000 MHz*km
l Core diameter: 50
m
l Connector type:
LC

l Transmit power:
-7.3 to -1.0 dBm
l Receiver
sensitivity:
-11.1 dBm
l Overload optical
power: 1.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio:
3.0 dB

OSX0100
00

10

10Gbase
-LR

l Fiber mode:
single-mode
l Connector type:
LC

l Center
wavelength: 1310
nm
l Transmit power:
-8.2 to 0.5 dBm
l Receiver
sensitivity:
-12.6 dBm
l Overload optical
power: 0.5 dBm
l Extinction ratio:
3.5 dB

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

277

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-12 Attributes of a 10GE optical module (2)


Model

Tran
smis
sion
Dist
ance
(km)

Standar
d

Fiber Type

Interface Optical
Parameters

Operati
ng
Temper
ature

OSXD22
N00

0.22

10Gbase
-LRM

l Fiber mode:
multimode

l Center
wavelength: 1310
nm

0C to
70C

l Pattern bandwidth:
500 MHz*km
l Core diameter:
62.5 m or 50 m

l Transmit power:
-6.5 to 0.5 dBm

l Fiber class: OM1,


OM2, OM3

l Receiver
sensitivity:
-6.5 dBm

l Connector type:
LC

l Overload optical
power: 1.5 dBm
l Extinction ratio:
3.5 dB

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

278

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-13 Attributes of 10GE optical modules (3)


Model

Tran
smis
sion
Dist
ance
(km)

Standar
d

Fiber Type

Interface Optical
Parameters

Operati
ng
Temper
ature

OSX040N
01

40

10Gbase
-ER

l Fiber mode:
single-mode

l Center
wavelength: 1310
nm

0C to
70C

l Connector type:
LC

l Transmit power:
-4.7 to 4.0 dBm
l Receiver
sensitivity:
-14.1 dBm
l Overload optical
power: -1.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 3
dB

LE2MXS
C80FF0

80

10Gbase
-ZR

l Center
wavelength: 1550
nm
l Transmit power:
0 to 4.0 dBm
l Receiver
sensitivity:
-24.0 dBm
l Overload optical
power: -7.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 9
dB

NOTE

l The SFP+ and XFP optical modules are 10G hot-pluggable optical modules. Compared with the XFP
optical modules, the SFP+ optical modules have a smaller caliber.
l The 10G SFP+ and XFP optical modules support LAN access and WAN access functions.

7.4 XFP Modules


Appearance
Figure 7-4 shows the appearance of an XFP module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

279

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Figure 7-4 Appearance of an XFP optical module

10GE Optical Module


Table 7-14 and Table 7-15 list the attributes of 10GE optical modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

280

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-14 Attributes of 10GE optical modules


Model

Trans
missio
n
Distan
ce (km)

Standard

Fiber Type

Operati
ng
Temper
ature

XFP-SX-MM850

0.3

10Gbase-SR

l Fiber mode: multimode

0C to
70C

l Pattern bandwidth:
2000 MHz*km
l Core diameter: 50 m
l Connector type: LC
XFP-STM64-LXSM1310

10

10Gbase-LR

XFP-STM64-LH40SM1550

40

10Gbase-ER

XFP-STM64SM1550-80km

80

10Gbase-ZR

l Fiber mode: singlemode


l Connector type: LC

Table 7-15 Optical parameters of 10GE optical modules


Model

Center
Wavele
ngth
(nm)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivity
(dBm)

Overload
Optical
Power
(dBm)

Extincti
on
Ratio
(dB)

XFP-SX-MM850

850

-7.3 to -1.3

-7.5

-1.0

3.0

XFP-STM64-LXSM1310

1310

-6.0 to -1.0

-14.4

0.5

6.0

XFP-STM64-LH40SM1550

1550

-1 to 2

-15.0

-1.0

8.2

XFP-STM64SM1550-80km

1550

0 to 4

-24.0

-7.0

9.0

NOTE

l The SFP+ and XFP optical modules are 10G hot-pluggable optical modules. Compared with the XFP
optical modules, the SFP+ optical modules have a smaller caliber.
l The 10G SFP+ and XFP optical modules support LAN access and WAN access functions.

CWDM Optical Module


Table 7-16 lists the attributes of CWDM optical modules.
Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

281

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-16 Attributes of CWDM optical modules


Cente
r
Wave
lengt
h
(nm),
Mode
l

1471, XFP-LH70SM1471

1491, XFP-LH70SM1491

1511, XFPLH70-SM1511

1531, XFP-LH70SM1531

1551, XFP-LH70SM1551

1571, XFP-LH70SM1571

1591, XFPLH70-SM1591

1611, XFP-LH70SM1611

Speci
ficati
ons

Encapsulation type: XFP


Transmission distance: 70 km
Fiber type: single-mode, LC
Standard: CWDM
Operating temperature: 0C to 70C
l Transmit power: 0 dBm to 3.0 dBm
l Receiver sensitivity: -21.0 dBm
l Overload optical power: -9.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 8.2 dB

DWDM Optical Module


Table 7-17 lists the attributes of DWDM optical modules.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

282

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-17 Attributes of DWDM optical modules


Cente
r
Wave
lengt
h
(nm),
Mode
l

Speci
ficati
ons

1533.47, XFPLH80-195.50

1534.25, XFPLH80-195.40

1535.04, XFPLH80-195.30

1552.52, XFPLH80-193.10

1553.33, XFPLH80-193.00

1554.13, XFPLH80-192.90

1530.33, XFPLH80-195.90

1549.32, XFPLH80-193.50

1531.12, XFPLH80-195.80

1531.90, XFPLH80-195.70

1550.12, XFPLH80-193.40

1550.92, XFPLH80-193.30

1532.68, XFPLH80-195.60

1551.72, XFPLH80-193.20

1529.55, XFPLH80-196.00

1548.51, XFPLH80-193.60

Encapsulation type: XFP


Transmission distance: 80 km
Fiber type: single-mode, LC
Standard: DWDM
Operating temperature: 0C to 70C
l Transmit power: -1.0 dBm to +3.0 dBm
l Receiver sensitivity: -24.0 dBm
l Overload optical power: -9.0 dBm
l Extinction ratio: 8.2 dB

NOTE

The appearance of CWDM and DWDM optical modules is similar to that of common optical modules.
These optical modules are distinguished by their labels. In practice, the corresponding optical fibers are
labeled to distinguish the optical modules.

7.5 QSFP+ Modules


Appearance
Figure 7-5 shows the appearance of a QSFP+ optical module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

283

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Figure 7-5 Appearance of a QSFP+ optical module

CAUTION
Do not reversely insert QSFP+ optical modules. The side that the handle of a QSFP+ optical
module locates is the front panel, as shown in Figure 7-5. Keep the front panel down when
inserting the optical module to a port on a stack card. Keep the front panel up when inserting
the optical module to another port.
Currently, there is no uniform standard for 40GE optical modules. Therefore, some diagnostic
information about 40GE optical modules may be missing. This problem exists in most products
in the industry and does not affect functions of optical modules.

40GE Optical Module


Table 7-18 and Table 7-19 list the attributes of a QSFP+ 40G optical module.

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

284

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

Table 7-18 Attributes of QSFP+ 40GE optical modules


Model

Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)

Standard

Fiber Type

Operati
ng
Temper
ature

QSFP-40G-SR4

0.15

40GbaseSR4

l Fiber mode: multimode


l Pattern bandwidth: 4700
MHz*km
l Core diameter: 50 m
l Connector type: MPO

0C to
70C

10

40GbaseLR4

l Fiber mode: single-mode

QSFP-40G-iSR4
(supporting 4*10G)

QSFP-40G-LR4

l Connector type: LC

Table 7-19 Optical parameters of QSFP+ 40GE optical modules


Model

Center
Wavelen
gth (nm)

Transmit
Power
(dBm)

Receiver
Sensitivity
(dBm)

Overload
Optical
Power
(dBm)

Extincti
on Ratio
(dB)

QSFP-40G-SR4

850

-7.6 to 2.4

-5.4

2.4

3.0

-7.6 to -1

-9.5

2.4

3.0

-7.0 to 2.3

3.5

QSFP-40G-iSR4
(supporting 4*10G)
QSFP-40G-LR4

1310

7.6 Huawei Certification


Use Huawei certified optical modules. Non-Huawei-certified optical modules cannot ensure
transmission reliability and may affect service stability on the switch. Huawei is not responsible
for any problem caused by non-Huawei-certified optical modules and will not fix such problems.
Huawei certification is a measure to ensure reliability and quality of optical modules. You can
use the display transceiver command to check whether an optical module has passed Huawei
certification.
If the Vendor Name field in the display transceiver command output displays HUAWEI, the
optical module has passed Huawei certification. If other values are displayed in this field, the
optical module is not a Huawei certified optical module.
<Quidway> display transceiver
XGigabitEthernet2/0/0 transceiver
information:
------------------------------------------------------------Common

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

285

S7700 Smart Routing Switch


Hardware Description

7 Pluggable Modules for Interfaces

information:
Transceiver Type
10GBBASE_ER_SFP
Connector
Type

:LC

Wavelength(nm)
1550
Transfer Distance(m)
(9um)
Digital Diagnostic
Monitoring :YES
Vendor
Name

:
:40000

:HUAWEI

Vendor Part Number


34060358
Ordering
Name

------------------------------------------------------------Manufacture
information:
Manu. Serial
Number

:T11A40767

Manufacturing Date
2011-03-01
Vendor
Name

:HUAWEI

------------------------------------------------------------Alarm
information:
RX loss of
signal
RX power
low
-------------------------------------------------------------

Issue 01 (2012-12-08)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

286

You might also like